1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15381 46545))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
42 Mutate the result." t nil)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67 This version was built on Date: 2002/05/21 11:58:02 .
69 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
72 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
73 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
75 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
76 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
78 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
79 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
81 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
83 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
84 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
86 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
87 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
89 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
90 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
91 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
92 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
93 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
96 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
98 If you use find-file.el:
99 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
101 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
102 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
103 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
105 If you use ada-xref.el:
106 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
107 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
108 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
112 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
116 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
117 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
121 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
125 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
126 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
127 Completion is available." t nil)
131 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
132 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
133 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
134 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15583 21361))
135 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
137 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
138 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
139 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
142 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
143 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
144 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
145 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
146 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
148 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
149 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
151 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
152 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
154 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
155 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
156 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
157 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
159 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
160 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
161 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
163 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
164 current buffer to the complete file name.
165 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
167 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
189 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
192 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
193 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
194 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
195 the change log file in another window." t nil)
196 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
198 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
199 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
200 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
201 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
202 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
203 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
205 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
206 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
208 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
209 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
211 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
212 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
214 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
215 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
217 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
218 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
220 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
221 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
222 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
223 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
224 `add-log-current-defun-function'
226 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
228 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands).
233 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
234 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
236 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
237 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
241 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
242 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15656
244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
246 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
247 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
248 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
249 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
250 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
251 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
252 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
253 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
254 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
255 interpreted as `error'.")
257 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
258 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
259 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
260 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
261 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
262 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
263 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
264 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
267 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
268 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
269 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
270 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
271 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
272 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
273 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
274 will be overwritten with the new one.
275 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
276 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
277 will clear the cache." nil nil)
279 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
280 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
281 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
283 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
284 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
287 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
288 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
289 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
290 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
291 see also `ad-add-advice'.
292 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
293 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
294 before/around/after-advices will be used.
295 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
296 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
297 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
298 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
299 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
300 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
302 Semantics of the various flags:
303 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
304 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
305 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
307 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
308 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
310 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
311 advised function should be compiled.
313 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
314 during activation until somebody enables it.
316 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
317 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
318 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
319 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
321 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
322 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
323 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
324 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
325 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
328 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
332 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
333 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
334 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15567 23556))
335 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
337 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
338 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
339 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
340 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
341 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
342 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
343 rule's `separate' attribute).
345 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
346 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
347 `separate' attribute set.
349 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
350 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
351 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
352 on the format of these lists." t nil)
354 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
355 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
356 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
357 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
358 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
359 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
360 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
361 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
362 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
363 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
366 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
367 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
371 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
374 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
375 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
376 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
378 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
379 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
380 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
381 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
382 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
383 align that section." t nil)
385 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
386 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
387 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
388 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
389 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
390 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
391 been used to align that section." t nil)
393 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
394 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
395 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
396 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
397 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
398 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
399 to be colored." t nil)
401 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
402 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
404 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
405 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
409 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
410 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15664 47249))
411 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
413 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
415 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
416 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
417 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
418 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
419 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
420 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
422 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
424 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
428 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
429 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15220 9096))
430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
432 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
433 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
434 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
435 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
436 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
437 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
438 in the current window." nil nil)
440 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
441 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
442 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil)
444 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
445 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil)
449 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
450 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15583 13478))
451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
453 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
454 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
456 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
457 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
459 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
460 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
461 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
462 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
464 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
465 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
467 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
471 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
472 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15408 52215))
473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
475 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
476 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
477 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
478 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
479 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
482 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
483 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
484 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
487 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
488 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
489 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
490 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
492 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
493 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
494 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
496 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
497 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
498 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
502 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
503 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
504 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
505 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15651 2421))
506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
508 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
509 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
510 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
511 as the first thing on a line.")
513 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
514 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
516 (defvar appt-audible t "\
517 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
519 (defvar appt-visible t "\
520 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
522 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
523 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
525 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
526 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
528 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
529 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
531 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
532 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
533 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
535 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
536 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
537 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
539 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
540 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
542 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
543 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
544 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
545 put in the appointments list.
549 10:00am group meeting
550 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
551 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
552 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
556 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
557 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15597
559 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
561 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
562 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
564 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
566 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
567 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
568 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
569 normal variables." t nil)
571 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
573 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
574 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
575 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
576 noninteractive functions.
578 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
579 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
581 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
582 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
583 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
584 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
585 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
587 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
588 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
589 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
590 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
591 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
593 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
594 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
595 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
596 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
598 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
602 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15591
604 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
606 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
607 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
608 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
609 Letters no longer insert themselves.
610 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
611 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
613 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
614 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
617 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
621 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15425 19755))
622 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
624 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
625 Major mode for editing arrays.
627 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
628 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
629 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
631 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
633 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
634 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
635 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
637 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
638 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
639 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
640 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
643 Variables you assign:
644 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
645 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
646 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
647 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
648 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
649 row numbers in the buffer.
651 Variables which are calculated:
652 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
653 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
655 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
656 take a numeric prefix argument):
658 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
659 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
660 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
661 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
663 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
664 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
665 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
666 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
668 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
669 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
670 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
671 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
673 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
674 between that of point and mark.
676 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
677 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
679 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
680 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
681 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
682 newlines inside rows)
684 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
686 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
690 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15651
692 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
694 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
695 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
696 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
697 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
699 How to quit artist mode
701 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
704 How to submit a bug report
706 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
709 Drawing with the mouse:
712 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
713 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
717 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
720 Operation Not shifted Shifted
721 --------------------------------------------------------------
722 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
724 --------------------------------------------------------------
725 Line Line in any direction Straight line
726 --------------------------------------------------------------
727 Rectangle Rectangle Square
728 --------------------------------------------------------------
729 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
730 --------------------------------------------------------------
731 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
732 --------------------------------------------------------------
733 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
734 --------------------------------------------------------------
735 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
736 --------------------------------------------------------------
737 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
738 --------------------------------------------------------------
739 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
741 --------------------------------------------------------------
742 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
743 --------------------------------------------------------------
744 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
745 --------------------------------------------------------------
747 --------------------------------------------------------------
748 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
749 --------------------------------------------------------------
751 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
754 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
755 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
756 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
757 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
760 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
761 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
762 overwrite means the opposite.
764 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
765 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
766 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
768 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
770 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
771 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
773 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
774 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
775 are currently drawing something.
777 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
781 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
782 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
787 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
789 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
791 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
793 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
795 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
796 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
798 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
803 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
804 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
805 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
806 When erase characters: toggles erasing
807 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
810 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
812 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
814 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
815 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
816 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
817 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
818 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
819 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
824 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
825 of the line/poly-line
827 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
828 of the line/poly-line
833 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
835 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
836 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
837 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
838 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
839 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
840 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
841 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
842 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
843 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
844 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
845 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
846 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
847 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
848 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
849 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
850 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
851 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
852 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
853 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
854 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
859 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
860 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
862 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
863 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
864 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
865 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
866 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
867 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
868 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
869 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
870 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
871 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
872 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
873 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
874 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
875 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
876 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
877 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
878 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
879 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
880 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
884 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
885 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
890 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
894 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
898 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
899 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
900 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
902 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
903 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
904 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
905 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
907 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
908 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
910 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
911 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
913 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
921 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
922 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
925 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
928 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
929 This command is obsolete." t nil)
933 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
934 ;;;;;; (14651 24723))
935 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
937 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
938 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
939 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
940 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
941 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
943 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
945 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
947 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
948 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
949 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
951 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
952 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
953 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
954 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
955 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
956 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
959 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
960 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
961 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
962 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
963 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
965 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
967 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
968 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
969 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
971 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
973 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
975 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
977 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
978 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
979 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
980 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
981 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
982 &c to supply digit arguments.
984 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
988 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
989 ;;;;;; (15327 25266))
990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
992 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
993 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
997 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
998 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15567 16400))
999 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1001 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1002 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1003 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
1005 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1006 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1007 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1008 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
1010 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1011 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1012 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1013 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1014 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1016 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1018 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
1020 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1021 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1022 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1023 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1025 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1026 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1031 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1032 ;;;;;; (15428 59181))
1033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1035 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1036 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1037 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1038 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil)
1040 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1041 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1042 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1044 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1045 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1046 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1050 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1051 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 21129))
1052 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1054 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1055 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1056 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1058 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1059 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1061 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1062 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1063 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1065 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1066 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1068 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1069 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1071 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1072 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1073 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1074 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1075 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1077 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1079 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1081 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1082 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1084 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1085 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1086 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1090 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1091 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15197 22088))
1092 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1094 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1095 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1096 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1097 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1098 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1100 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1102 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1104 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1105 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1106 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1107 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1109 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1110 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1111 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1113 Effects of the different modes:
1114 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1115 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1116 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1117 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1118 a random distance & direction.
1119 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1120 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1121 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1123 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1125 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1126 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1127 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1131 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15303
1133 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1135 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1136 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1137 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1138 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1139 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1141 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1145 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1146 ;;;;;; (15251 14241))
1147 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1149 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1150 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1152 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1153 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1157 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1158 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1159 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1160 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1162 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1164 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1168 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1169 ;;;;;; (15380 36042))
1170 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1172 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1173 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1174 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1175 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1177 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1178 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1179 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1180 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1181 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1186 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15629
1188 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1190 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1191 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1193 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1194 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1195 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1196 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1200 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1202 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1203 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1204 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1205 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1206 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1208 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1209 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1210 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1211 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1212 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1213 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1215 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1216 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1220 Special information:
1222 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1224 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1225 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1226 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1227 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1228 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1229 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1231 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1232 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1234 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1235 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1236 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1237 bibtex-entry-format.
1238 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1239 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1240 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1242 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1243 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1245 The following may be of interest as well:
1253 bibtex-complete-string
1255 bibtex-print-help-message
1256 bibtex-generate-autokey
1257 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1259 bibtex-reposition-window
1261 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1263 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1269 bibtex-convert-alien
1272 bibtex-field-delimiters
1273 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1274 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1275 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1277 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1278 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1279 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1280 bibtex-predefined-strings
1283 ---------------------------------------------------------
1284 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1287 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15455 34046))
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1294 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1298 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15393
1300 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1302 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1304 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1308 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1309 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1310 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1311 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1312 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1317 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1318 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1321 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1324 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1325 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1327 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1328 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1330 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1331 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1332 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1333 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1334 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1335 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1339 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1341 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1342 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1343 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1344 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1346 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1347 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1348 denoted by the letter `R'.
1350 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1351 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1352 denoted by the letter `H'.
1354 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1357 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1358 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1359 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1360 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1361 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1362 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1365 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1366 degree deflection it causes.
1369 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1370 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1371 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1372 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1373 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1374 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1375 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1376 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1379 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1380 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1383 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1384 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1385 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1386 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1387 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1388 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1389 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1390 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1392 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1393 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1394 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1395 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1396 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1397 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1398 emerging from the box.
1400 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1402 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1403 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1404 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1405 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1406 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1407 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1408 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1409 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1411 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1412 a reflection." t nil)
1416 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1417 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1418 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1419 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1420 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1421 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15623 49345))
1422 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1423 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1424 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1425 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1427 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1428 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1429 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1430 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1431 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1432 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1434 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1436 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1438 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1440 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1442 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1444 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1446 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1448 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1450 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1452 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1454 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1456 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1458 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1460 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1461 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1462 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1463 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1464 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1465 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1466 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1467 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1470 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1471 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1472 yank successive words.
1474 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1475 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1476 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1477 name of the file being visited.
1479 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1480 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1481 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1483 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1484 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1485 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1486 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1487 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1490 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1491 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1492 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1493 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1495 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1496 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1497 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1498 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1499 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1501 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1502 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1503 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1504 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1506 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1508 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1509 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1510 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1511 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1513 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1514 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1515 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1517 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1518 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1521 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1522 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1523 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1524 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1525 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1528 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1529 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1530 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1531 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1532 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1533 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1534 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1535 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1537 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1538 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1539 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1541 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1542 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1543 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1544 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1547 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1548 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1549 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1550 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1551 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1553 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1554 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1555 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1556 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1558 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1559 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1560 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1561 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1562 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1565 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1566 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1567 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1568 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1569 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1572 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1573 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1574 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1575 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1577 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1578 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1579 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1580 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1581 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1583 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1585 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1587 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1588 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1589 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1590 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1591 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1594 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1595 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1596 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1598 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1599 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1600 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1601 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1602 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1605 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1606 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1607 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1609 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1610 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1611 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1613 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1614 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1615 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1617 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1618 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1619 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1620 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1621 prompts for NEWNAME.
1622 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1623 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1624 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1626 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1627 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1630 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1631 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1632 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1634 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1635 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1636 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1637 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1638 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1639 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1641 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1642 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1643 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1645 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1647 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1649 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1651 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1653 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1655 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1657 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1659 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1661 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1663 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1665 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1667 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1671 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1672 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1673 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1674 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1675 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1676 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1677 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1678 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1679 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-galeon-program
1680 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-display browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1681 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15634 63688))
1682 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1684 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-default-browser)) "\
1685 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1686 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1687 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1689 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1690 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1691 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1692 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1693 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1695 (defvar browse-url-browser-display nil "\
1696 *The X display for running the browser, if not same as Emacs'.")
1698 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1699 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1701 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1702 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1703 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1704 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1705 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1707 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1708 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1709 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1711 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1712 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1714 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1715 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1716 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1717 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1718 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1719 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1721 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1722 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1723 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1724 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1727 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1728 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1730 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1731 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1733 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1734 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1735 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1736 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1738 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1739 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1740 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1741 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1743 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1744 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1745 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1746 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1747 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1750 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1751 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1752 Default to the URL around or before point.
1754 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1755 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1756 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1757 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1759 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1760 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1762 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1763 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3." nil nil)
1765 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1766 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1767 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1768 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1770 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1771 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1772 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1773 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1775 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1776 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1778 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1779 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1780 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1781 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1783 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1784 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1785 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1786 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1788 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1789 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1791 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1792 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1793 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1794 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1796 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1797 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1798 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1799 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1801 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1802 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1803 new tab in an existing window instead.
1805 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1806 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1808 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1809 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1810 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1811 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1813 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1814 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1815 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1816 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1818 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1819 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1821 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1822 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1824 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1825 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1826 program is invoked according to the variable
1827 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1829 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1830 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1831 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1832 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1834 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1835 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1837 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1838 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1839 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1841 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1842 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1843 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1844 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1846 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1847 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1848 Default to the URL around or before point.
1850 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1851 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1852 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1854 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1855 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1856 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1857 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1859 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1860 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1862 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1863 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1864 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1866 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1867 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1868 Default to the URL around or before point.
1870 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1871 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1872 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1874 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1875 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1877 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1878 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1879 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1880 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1882 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1883 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1884 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1885 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1886 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1888 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1889 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1890 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1891 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1893 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1894 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1895 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1896 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1898 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1899 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1901 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1902 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1903 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1905 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1906 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1907 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1908 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1909 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1912 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1913 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1914 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1915 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1917 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1918 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1920 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1921 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1922 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1923 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1924 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1925 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1927 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1928 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1929 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1933 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15387
1935 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1937 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1938 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1940 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1941 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1945 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1946 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15354 40500))
1947 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1949 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1950 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1951 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1952 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1954 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1955 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1956 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1957 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1959 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1960 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1962 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1963 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1965 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1966 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1967 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1968 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1970 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1971 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1972 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1973 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1974 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1978 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
1979 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15412
1981 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
1983 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
1984 Keymap used by buttons.")
1986 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
1987 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
1988 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
1990 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
1991 Define a `button type' called NAME.
1992 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1993 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
1994 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
1995 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
1997 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
1998 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
1999 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2000 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil)
2002 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2003 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2004 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2005 specifying properties to add to the button.
2006 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2007 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2008 `define-button-type'.
2010 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil)
2012 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2013 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2014 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2015 specifying properties to add to the button.
2016 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2017 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2018 `define-button-type'.
2020 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil)
2022 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2023 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2024 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2025 specifying properties to add to the button.
2026 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2027 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2028 `define-button-type'.
2030 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2031 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2032 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2035 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil)
2037 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2038 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2039 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2040 specifying properties to add to the button.
2041 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2042 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2043 `define-button-type'.
2045 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2046 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2047 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2048 `insert-text-button'.
2050 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil)
2054 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2055 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2056 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2057 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2058 ;;;;;; (15649 62850))
2059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2061 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2062 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2063 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
2065 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2066 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2067 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2068 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2070 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2071 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2072 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2073 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2074 whether to compile it.
2076 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2078 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2079 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2081 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2082 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2083 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2084 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2085 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2087 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2088 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2089 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2090 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2092 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2093 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2094 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2096 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2097 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2098 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2099 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2100 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2101 all functions called by those functions.
2103 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2104 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2107 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2108 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2109 invoked interactively." t nil)
2111 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2112 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2113 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2114 it won't work in an interactive Emacs." nil nil)
2116 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2117 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2118 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2119 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2120 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2121 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2122 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2123 already up-to-date." nil nil)
2125 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2126 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2127 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2128 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15186 39912))
2133 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2135 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2137 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2141 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2142 ;;;;;; (15533 28772))
2143 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2145 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2146 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2147 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2148 from the cursor position." t nil)
2152 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2153 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2154 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15622
2156 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2158 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2159 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2161 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2162 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2164 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2165 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2166 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2167 If nil, use original installation directory.
2168 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2170 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2171 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2173 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2174 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2176 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2177 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2178 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2180 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2181 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details." t nil)
2183 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2184 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\"." t nil)
2186 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2187 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window." t nil)
2189 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2190 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator." t nil)
2192 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2193 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2194 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2195 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form." nil nil)
2197 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2198 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2199 This is most useful in the X window system.
2200 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2201 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press." t nil)
2203 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2204 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2205 See calc-keypad for details." t nil)
2207 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2208 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2210 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2211 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack." t nil)
2213 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2214 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point." t nil)
2216 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2217 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2218 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto." t nil)
2220 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" nil nil (quote macro))
2224 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2225 ;;;;;; (15605 42983))
2226 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2228 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2229 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc." nil nil)
2233 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15453
2235 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2237 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2238 Run the Emacs calculator.
2239 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2243 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2244 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2245 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2246 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2247 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2248 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2249 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2250 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2251 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2252 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2253 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2254 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2255 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2256 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2257 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2258 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2259 ;;;;;; (15533 28773))
2260 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2262 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2263 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2264 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2266 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2267 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2268 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2269 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2272 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2273 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2274 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2275 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2276 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2278 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2279 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2280 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2281 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2282 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2283 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2284 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2286 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2287 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2288 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2289 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2290 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2292 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2293 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2294 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2296 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2297 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2298 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2300 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2301 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2302 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2304 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2305 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2306 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2309 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2310 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2311 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2313 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2314 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2315 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2317 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2319 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2320 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2321 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2323 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2326 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2327 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2328 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2330 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2333 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2334 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2335 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2337 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2338 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2339 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2340 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2341 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2343 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2344 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2345 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2346 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2347 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2348 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2349 a function is also provided for this:
2350 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2352 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2353 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2354 date is not visible in the window.
2356 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2357 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2358 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2360 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2361 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2363 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2364 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2365 date is visible in the window.
2367 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2368 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2369 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2371 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2372 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2376 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2378 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2380 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2381 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2383 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2391 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2392 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2393 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2394 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2395 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2396 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2397 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2398 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2401 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2402 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2403 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2411 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2412 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2414 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2415 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2416 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2417 window but will appear in a diary window.
2419 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2420 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2422 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2423 entries (in the default American style):
2425 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2426 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2427 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2429 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2430 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2431 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2432 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2433 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2434 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2435 &* 15 time cards due.
2437 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2438 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2439 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2443 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2444 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2445 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2446 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2447 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2448 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2450 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2451 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2452 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2454 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2456 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2458 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2459 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2460 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2461 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2462 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2463 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2464 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2465 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2466 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2468 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2469 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2470 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2471 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2472 for these functions for details.
2474 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2475 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2477 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2478 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2480 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2481 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2483 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2484 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2486 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2487 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2488 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2490 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2491 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2492 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2494 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2495 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2496 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2497 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2499 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2500 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2501 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2502 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2510 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2511 characters with or without a period.")
2513 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2514 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2515 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2517 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2518 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2519 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2521 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2522 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2523 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2525 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2526 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2527 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2529 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2530 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2531 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2532 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2533 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2534 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2536 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2537 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2538 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2540 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2541 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2542 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2545 #include \"filename\"
2547 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2548 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2549 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2550 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2551 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2553 For example, you could use
2555 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2556 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2557 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2559 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2560 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2561 lexicographic order.")
2563 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2564 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2565 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2567 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2568 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2569 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2572 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2573 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2574 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2575 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2576 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2577 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2578 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2580 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2581 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2582 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2583 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2584 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2585 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2586 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2587 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2589 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2590 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2591 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2592 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2593 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2594 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2596 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2597 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2599 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2600 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2601 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2603 #include \"filename\"
2604 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2605 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2606 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2607 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2608 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2610 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2611 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2612 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2613 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2614 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2615 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2617 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2618 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2619 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2622 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2623 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2624 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2625 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2626 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2628 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2630 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2631 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2632 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2634 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2636 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2638 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2640 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2642 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2644 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2646 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2648 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2649 *User defined holidays.
2650 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2652 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2654 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2656 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2658 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2660 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2662 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2664 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2666 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2668 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2670 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2672 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2674 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2676 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2677 *Christian holidays.
2678 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2680 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2682 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2684 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2686 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2688 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2689 *Sun-related holidays.
2690 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2692 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2694 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2695 The frame set up of the calendar.
2696 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2697 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2698 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2699 any other value the current frame is used.")
2701 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2702 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2703 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
2705 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
2706 See the documentation of that function for more information." t nil)
2710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15556 56060))
2711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2713 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2714 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2716 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2717 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2719 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2720 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2722 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2723 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2725 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2726 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2728 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2729 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2733 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2734 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2735 ;;;;;; (15613 3383))
2736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2738 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2740 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2741 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2742 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2743 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2744 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2745 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2747 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2749 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2750 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2754 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2756 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2757 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2758 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2759 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2760 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2761 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2764 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2766 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2767 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2768 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2771 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2773 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2774 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2775 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2776 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2777 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2778 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2781 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2783 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2784 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2788 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2790 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2791 Major mode for editing Java code.
2792 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2793 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2794 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2795 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2798 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2800 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2801 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2802 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2803 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2804 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2807 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2809 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2810 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2811 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2812 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2813 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2814 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2817 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2819 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2820 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2821 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2824 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2826 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2827 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2828 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2829 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2830 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2831 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2834 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2836 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2837 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2838 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2841 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2845 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2846 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15618 38209))
2847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2849 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2850 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2851 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2852 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2853 for details of setting up styles.
2855 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2858 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
2859 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2860 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2861 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2864 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
2865 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
2866 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
2867 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
2868 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
2871 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
2872 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
2873 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
2874 when used elsewhere." t nil)
2876 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2877 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2878 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2879 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2881 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2883 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2884 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2885 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2887 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2888 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2889 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2890 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2891 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15556 56060))
2896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2898 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2899 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2900 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2901 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2902 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2904 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2905 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2907 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2912 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2913 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2914 ;;;;;; (15185 62673))
2915 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2917 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2918 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2920 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2921 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2923 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2924 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2926 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2927 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2928 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2929 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2932 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2934 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2935 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2937 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2938 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2942 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2943 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2944 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2947 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2948 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2949 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2950 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2952 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2953 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2956 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2958 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2960 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2963 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2966 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2967 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2968 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2971 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2973 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2974 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2975 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2977 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2979 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2981 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2982 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2984 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2988 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2990 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2992 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2993 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2996 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2997 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3000 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3002 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3003 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3004 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3005 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3006 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3007 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3008 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3009 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3010 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3011 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3012 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3013 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3014 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3015 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3016 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3017 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3020 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3021 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3023 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3024 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3026 | (write EXPRESSION)
3027 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3028 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3031 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3034 ;; Same as: (write string)
3036 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3037 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3038 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3041 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3042 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3043 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3044 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3045 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3046 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3048 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3049 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3051 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3054 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3055 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3056 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3058 ARG := REG | integer
3061 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3064 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3067 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3070 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3071 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3074 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3075 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3076 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3079 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3080 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3081 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3084 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3085 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3087 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3088 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3089 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3092 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3093 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3096 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3097 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3099 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3102 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3106 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3107 ;; Same meaning as C code
3108 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3110 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3115 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3116 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3119 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3120 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3124 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3128 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3129 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3130 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3132 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3133 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3134 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3135 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3136 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3138 " nil (quote macro))
3140 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3141 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3142 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3143 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3144 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3145 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
3147 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3148 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3149 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3151 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
3155 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3156 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3157 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3158 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3159 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3160 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3161 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3162 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3163 ;;;;;; (15631 17733))
3164 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3166 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3167 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
3168 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
3169 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3171 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3172 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3173 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3174 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3175 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3176 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3177 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3178 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3180 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3181 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3182 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3183 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3184 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3185 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3186 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3187 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3189 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3190 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3191 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3192 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3193 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3195 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3196 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3197 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3198 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3199 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3201 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3202 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3203 Only documentation strings are checked.
3204 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3205 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3206 a separate buffer." t nil)
3208 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3209 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3210 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3211 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3212 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3214 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3215 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3216 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3217 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3218 if there is one." t nil)
3220 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3221 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3222 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3223 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3225 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3227 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3228 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3229 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3231 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3232 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3233 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3234 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3235 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3237 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3238 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3239 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3240 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3241 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3242 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3244 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3245 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3246 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3247 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3249 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3250 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3251 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3252 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3254 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3255 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3256 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3257 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3259 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3260 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3261 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3262 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3264 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3265 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3266 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3267 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3269 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3270 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3271 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3272 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3274 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3275 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3276 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3277 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3279 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3280 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3281 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3282 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3284 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3285 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3286 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3287 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3289 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3290 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3291 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3293 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3294 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3295 checking of documentation strings.
3297 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3301 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3302 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15391
3304 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3306 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3307 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3308 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3310 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3311 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3313 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3314 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3315 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3317 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3318 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3322 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3323 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15569 44237))
3324 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3326 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3327 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3328 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3329 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3330 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3331 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3333 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3334 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3335 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3336 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3337 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3339 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3341 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3342 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3343 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3344 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3345 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3347 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3348 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3349 \\{command-history-map}
3351 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3352 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15664 47249))
3357 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3359 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3360 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3361 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3362 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3363 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3364 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3366 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3367 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3371 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3372 ;;;;;; (15605 8122))
3373 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3375 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3379 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3380 ;;;;;; (15250 27620))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3383 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3384 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3385 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3386 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3388 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3389 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3390 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3392 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3393 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3397 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15394
3399 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3401 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3402 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3403 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3404 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3405 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3406 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3407 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3408 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3412 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3413 ;;;;;; (15591 63983))
3414 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
3416 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
3417 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
3418 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
3419 the charactert set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
3420 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
3421 ?* is used." nil (quote macro))
3425 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3426 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3427 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15507 55753))
3428 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3430 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3431 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3432 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3435 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3436 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3437 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3438 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3440 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3441 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3442 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3444 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3445 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3446 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3448 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3449 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3450 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3452 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3453 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3455 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3456 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3457 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3459 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3460 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3462 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3463 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3465 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3466 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3467 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3471 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3472 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3473 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3474 ;;;;;; (15657 20748))
3475 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3477 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3478 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3479 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3480 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3481 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3482 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3483 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3484 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3486 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3488 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3489 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3490 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3491 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3492 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3493 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3494 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3495 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3497 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3499 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3500 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3501 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3502 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3503 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3504 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3506 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3507 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3508 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3510 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3512 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3513 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3514 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3516 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3518 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3519 Send COMMAND to current process.
3520 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3521 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3523 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3524 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3525 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3526 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3530 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15569
3532 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3534 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3535 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3536 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3537 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3539 This command pushes the mark in each window
3540 at the prior location of point in that window.
3541 If both windows display the same buffer,
3542 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3543 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3545 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3546 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3547 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3551 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3552 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3553 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3554 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15664 47328))
3555 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3557 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3558 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3560 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3561 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3563 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3564 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3565 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3566 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3567 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3569 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3570 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3571 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3572 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3573 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3575 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3576 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3577 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3578 describing how the process finished.")
3580 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3581 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3582 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3583 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3585 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3586 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3587 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3589 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3590 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3591 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3592 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3594 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3595 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3596 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3597 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3599 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3600 and move to the source code that caused it.
3602 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3603 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3605 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3606 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3607 Then start the next one.
3609 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3610 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3611 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3613 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3614 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3615 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3616 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3617 where grep found matches.
3619 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3620 easily repeat a grep command.
3622 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3623 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3624 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3625 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3627 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3628 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3629 Collect output in a buffer.
3630 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3631 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3633 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3634 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3636 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
3637 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
3638 Collect output in a buffer.
3639 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
3640 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
3641 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
3642 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
3643 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
3645 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3646 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3648 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3649 easily repeat a find command.
3651 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
3652 those sub directories of DIR." t nil)
3654 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3655 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3656 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3657 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3658 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3660 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3662 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3663 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3664 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3665 See `compilation-mode'.
3666 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3668 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3669 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3670 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3671 See `compilation-mode'.
3672 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3674 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3675 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3677 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3678 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3680 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3681 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3682 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3683 and start at the first error.
3685 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3686 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3687 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3688 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3689 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3690 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3692 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3693 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3694 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3696 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3697 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3698 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3702 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3703 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
3704 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3706 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3707 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3708 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3709 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3710 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3712 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3714 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3716 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3717 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3718 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3720 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3721 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3722 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3723 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3725 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3726 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3727 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3728 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3730 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3731 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3732 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3733 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3737 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3738 ;;;;;; (15394 12097))
3739 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3741 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3742 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3746 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3747 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3748 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3749 ;;;;;; (15643 9693))
3750 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3752 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3753 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3754 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3755 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3758 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3760 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3761 | | 1:tc or top-center
3762 | | 2:tr or top-right
3763 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3764 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3765 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3766 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3767 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3768 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3770 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3771 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3772 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3773 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3776 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3777 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3778 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3780 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3784 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3788 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3791 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3792 Compose characters in the current region.
3794 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3796 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3797 specifying the region.
3799 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3800 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3802 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3803 of the text in the region.
3805 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3807 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3808 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3809 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3810 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3812 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3813 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3816 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3817 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3818 text in the composition." t nil)
3820 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3821 Decompose text in the current region.
3823 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3824 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3826 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3827 Compose characters in string STRING.
3829 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3830 the characters in it.
3832 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3833 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3834 STRING respectively.
3836 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3837 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3838 `compose-region' for more detail.
3840 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3841 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3842 text in the composition." nil nil)
3844 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3845 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3847 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3848 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3849 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3850 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3851 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3852 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3853 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3854 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3856 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3857 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3859 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3860 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3862 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3863 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3865 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3866 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3868 If no composition is found, return nil.
3870 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3871 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3873 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3874 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3875 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3877 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3879 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3881 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3882 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3883 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3885 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3887 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3889 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3890 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3892 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3893 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3894 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3895 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3896 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3897 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3898 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3901 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3903 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3904 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3906 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3908 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3909 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3911 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3913 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3914 Compose last characters.
3915 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3916 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3917 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3918 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3919 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3920 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3921 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3922 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3923 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3924 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3925 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3927 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3928 Convert CHAR to string.
3929 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and earlier.
3931 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3932 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3933 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3937 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3938 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15365 62270))
3939 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3941 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3942 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
3943 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3944 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3946 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3947 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
3948 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
3949 of load, ENDMSG at the end." nil nil)
3951 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3952 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3953 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3954 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3956 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3957 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)." nil nil)
3961 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3962 ;;;;;; (15458 48079))
3963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3965 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3966 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
3967 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
3968 the current year after them. If necessary, and
3969 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
3970 following the copyright are updated as well." t nil)
3972 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3973 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3977 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3978 ;;;;;; (15649 48536))
3979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3981 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3982 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3983 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3984 Tab indents for Perl code.
3985 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3986 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3988 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3989 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3990 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3991 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3992 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3993 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
3994 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3995 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3996 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3997 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3998 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3999 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4001 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4003 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4004 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4006 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4008 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4009 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4010 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4011 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4012 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4013 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4014 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4015 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4016 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4018 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4022 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4023 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4024 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4027 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4028 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4029 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4031 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4033 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4034 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4035 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4036 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4037 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4039 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4049 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4050 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4051 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4052 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4053 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4054 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4055 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4056 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4057 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4058 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4059 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4060 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4061 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4063 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4064 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4065 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4066 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4067 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4068 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4070 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4071 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4074 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4075 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4076 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4077 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4078 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4080 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4081 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4082 span the needed amount of lines.
4084 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4085 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
4086 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4087 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4089 Variables controlling indentation style:
4090 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4091 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4092 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4093 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4094 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4095 `cperl-auto-newline'
4096 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4097 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4098 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4099 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4100 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4101 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4102 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4103 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4104 `cperl-indent-level'
4105 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4106 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4107 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4108 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4109 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4110 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4111 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4112 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4113 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4114 `cperl-brace-offset'
4115 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4116 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4117 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4118 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4119 `cperl-label-offset'
4120 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4121 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4122 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4124 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4125 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4126 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4127 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4128 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4130 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4131 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4132 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4133 \(both available from menu).
4135 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4136 column 0 is indented on
4137 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4139 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4142 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4143 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4144 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
4148 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4149 ;;;;;; (15593 24727))
4150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4152 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4153 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4154 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4155 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4156 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
4158 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4159 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
4163 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4164 ;;;;;; (14632 7633))
4165 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4167 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4168 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4169 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4170 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4172 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4173 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4175 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4177 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
4179 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4180 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4181 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
4183 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4187 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4188 ;;;;;; (15366 56663))
4189 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4191 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4192 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4193 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4194 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4196 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4197 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4198 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4199 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4201 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4202 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4203 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4205 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4206 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4209 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4210 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4211 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4213 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4215 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4216 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4217 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4221 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4222 ;;;;;; (15635 12413))
4223 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4225 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4226 Non-nil means that CUA emulation mode is enabled.
4227 In CUA mode, shifted movement keys highlight and extend the region.
4228 When a region is highlighted, the binding of the C-x and C-c keys are
4229 temporarily changed to work as Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste.
4230 Also, insertion commands first delete the region and then insert.
4231 This mode enables Transient Mark mode and it provides a superset of the
4232 PC Selection Mode and Delete Selection Modes.
4234 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4235 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4237 (custom-add-to-group (quote cua) (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4239 (custom-add-load (quote cua-mode) (quote cua-base))
4241 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4242 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4243 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4244 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4245 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4246 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings)." t nil)
4250 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4251 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4252 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4253 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4254 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4255 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4256 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
4257 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4258 ;;;;;; (15620 5158))
4259 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4260 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4262 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4263 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4265 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4266 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4268 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4269 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4271 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4273 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4274 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4275 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4277 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4278 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4280 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4281 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4283 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4284 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4286 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4287 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4289 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4291 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4292 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4295 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4296 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4298 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4299 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4301 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4302 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4304 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4305 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4307 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4309 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4310 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4311 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4312 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4313 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4315 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4316 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4318 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4319 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4321 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4323 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4324 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4326 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4327 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4328 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4329 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4330 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4332 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4333 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4336 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4338 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4339 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4340 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4342 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4343 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4344 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4346 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4347 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4349 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4350 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4352 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4353 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable." t nil)
4355 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4356 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4358 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4359 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4361 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4362 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4363 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4364 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4365 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4366 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4367 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4369 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4370 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4371 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4373 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4374 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4376 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4377 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4379 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4380 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4381 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4382 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4383 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4384 that option." nil nil)
4386 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4387 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4388 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4389 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4390 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4391 that option." nil nil)
4393 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4394 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4396 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4397 File used for storing customization information.
4398 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4399 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4400 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4402 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4403 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4404 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4405 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4407 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4408 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4410 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4411 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4413 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4414 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4415 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4417 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4418 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4419 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4420 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4421 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4425 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4426 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15540 34267))
4427 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4429 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4430 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4432 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4433 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4434 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4436 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4438 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4439 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4440 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4442 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4446 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4447 ;;;;;; (15415 19689))
4448 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4450 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4451 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4455 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4456 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 21135))
4457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4459 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4460 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4462 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4463 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4464 C++ modes are included.
4466 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4468 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4471 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4472 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4474 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
4475 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
4476 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4477 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4478 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
4480 (custom-add-to-group (quote cwarn) (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4482 (custom-add-load (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote cwarn))
4484 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4485 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
4486 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4487 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
4488 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
4492 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4493 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4494 ;;;;;; (15458 48360))
4495 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4497 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4498 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4500 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4501 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4503 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4504 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4505 For readability, the table is slightly
4506 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4508 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4509 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4510 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
4511 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4512 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4516 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4517 ;;;;;; (15586 46350))
4518 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4520 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4522 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4524 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4525 Completion on current word.
4526 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4527 and presents suggestions for completion.
4529 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4530 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4533 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4534 then it searches *all* buffers.
4536 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4537 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4539 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4540 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4542 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4543 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4544 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4545 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4546 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4548 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4549 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4551 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4552 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4553 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4555 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4556 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4558 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4562 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15363
4564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4566 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4567 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4569 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4570 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4571 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4573 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4574 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4575 Data lines are not indented.
4580 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4582 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4583 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4584 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4585 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4587 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4590 Extra indentation within blocks.
4592 dcl-continuation-offset
4593 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4596 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4598 dcl-margin-label-offset
4599 Indentation for a label.
4601 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4602 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4604 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4605 dcl-block-end-regexp
4606 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4607 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4608 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4609 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4610 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4612 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4613 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4614 Two such functions are included in the package:
4615 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4616 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4618 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4619 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4620 One such function is included in the package:
4621 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4623 dcl-tab-always-indent
4624 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4625 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4628 dcl-electric-characters
4629 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4632 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4633 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4634 which words trigger electric indentation.
4637 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4638 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4639 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4641 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4642 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4643 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4644 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4646 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4647 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4648 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4649 dcl-imenu-label-call
4650 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4652 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4653 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4654 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4655 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4658 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4660 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4661 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4662 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4664 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4665 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4669 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4670 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4671 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4672 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4673 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4674 \"lined up with the command line\"
4676 Data lines are not indented at all.
4677 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4684 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4685 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15656 41733))
4686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4688 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4690 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4691 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4692 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4695 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4696 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4697 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4699 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4700 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4701 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4702 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4703 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4704 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4705 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4707 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4708 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4709 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4713 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4714 ;;;;;; (15394 11149))
4715 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4717 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4718 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4720 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4721 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4722 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4723 Upper-case letters are commands.
4725 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4728 The most useful commands are:
4729 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4730 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4731 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4732 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4733 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4734 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4738 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4739 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15303
4741 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4743 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4744 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4746 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4747 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4749 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4751 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4752 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4754 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4758 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15372
4760 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4762 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4763 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4764 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4765 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4766 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4767 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4769 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4773 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4774 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4775 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4776 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4777 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4778 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4779 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4780 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4781 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4782 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4783 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4784 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4786 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4787 Directories to search when finding external units.
4788 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4789 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4793 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4794 Face used to color delphi comments.
4795 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4796 Face used to color delphi strings.
4797 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4798 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4799 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4800 Face used to color everything else.
4802 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4803 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4807 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15352
4809 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4811 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4813 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4814 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4815 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4816 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4817 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4819 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4821 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4823 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4824 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4825 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4828 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4829 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4830 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4831 any selection." t nil)
4835 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4836 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15644 31044))
4837 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4839 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4840 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4842 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4844 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4845 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4846 or nil if there is no parent.
4847 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4848 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4849 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4850 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4851 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
4853 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4855 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4857 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4858 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4859 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4861 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4862 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4864 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4865 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4866 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4868 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4869 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4871 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4872 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4873 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4874 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4875 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4879 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
4880 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (15639 37005))
4881 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
4883 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
4884 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
4885 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
4886 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
4887 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
4890 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
4891 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
4892 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
4893 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
4894 character composition information (if relevant),
4895 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties." t nil)
4899 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4900 ;;;;;; (15501 5682))
4901 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4903 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4904 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4905 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4907 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4908 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4909 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4910 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (15656
4916 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4918 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
4922 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4923 ;;;;;; (15556 56042))
4924 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4926 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4927 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4928 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4929 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4930 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4932 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4933 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4934 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4936 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4937 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4938 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4939 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4942 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4944 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4945 european-calendar-style t \\
4946 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4947 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4948 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4950 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4951 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4952 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4953 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4957 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4958 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15596 25372))
4959 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4961 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4962 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4964 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4965 *The command to use to run diff.")
4967 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4968 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4969 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4970 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4971 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4973 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4974 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4975 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4976 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4977 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4981 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4982 ;;;;;; (15410 13379))
4983 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4985 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4986 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4987 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4989 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4991 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4992 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4993 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4997 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4998 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4999 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5000 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5001 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15645 61694))
5002 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5004 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5005 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5006 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5007 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5008 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5009 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5010 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5011 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5013 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5014 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5016 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5017 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5018 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5019 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5020 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5022 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5023 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5025 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5026 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5027 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5028 always set this variable to t.")
5030 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5031 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5032 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5033 A value of t means move to first file.")
5035 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5036 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5037 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5038 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5039 are afterward marked with that character.")
5041 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5042 *Controls marking of copied files.
5043 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5044 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5046 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5047 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5048 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5049 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5051 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5052 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5053 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5054 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5056 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5057 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5058 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5059 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5061 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5063 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5064 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5065 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5066 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5068 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5069 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5070 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5071 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5072 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5073 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5074 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5075 list of files to make directory entries for.
5076 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5077 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5078 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5079 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5081 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
5082 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5084 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5085 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
5086 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5088 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5089 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
5091 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5092 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
5096 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5097 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5098 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5099 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5100 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5101 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5102 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5103 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5104 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5105 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5106 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5107 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5108 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15583 13479))
5109 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5111 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5112 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5113 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5114 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5115 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5116 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5117 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5119 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5120 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5121 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5122 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5123 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5124 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
5126 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5127 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5128 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
5130 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5131 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5133 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5134 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5136 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5137 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5138 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5139 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
5141 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5142 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5143 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5144 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5145 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5147 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5148 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5150 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5151 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5152 file name substituted for `?'.
5154 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5155 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5157 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5158 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5159 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5160 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
5162 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5164 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5165 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5166 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5168 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5169 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5172 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5173 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
5175 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5176 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5177 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5178 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5179 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5180 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
5182 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5184 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5185 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
5187 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5188 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5190 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5191 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
5193 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5194 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5195 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5196 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
5198 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5200 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5202 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5204 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5206 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
5208 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5209 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
5211 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5212 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5213 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5214 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5215 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5216 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5217 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5218 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5219 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5221 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5222 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5223 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5224 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5225 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5226 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5227 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5228 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5230 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5231 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5232 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5233 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5234 and new hard links are made in that directory
5235 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5236 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5237 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5239 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5240 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5241 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5242 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5243 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5244 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5246 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5247 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5249 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5250 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5251 file if none are marked.
5253 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5254 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5255 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5256 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5258 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5259 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5261 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5262 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5263 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5265 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5266 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5267 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5269 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5270 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5271 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5273 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5274 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5276 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5277 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5279 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5280 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5281 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5282 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5283 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5284 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5286 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5288 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5289 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5290 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5291 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5292 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5293 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5295 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5297 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5298 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5299 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5301 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5302 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5303 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5304 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5306 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5307 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5308 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5309 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5311 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5312 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5313 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5315 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5316 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5318 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5319 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5321 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5322 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5323 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5324 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5326 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5327 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5328 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5329 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5331 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5332 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5333 Stops when a match is found.
5334 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5336 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5337 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5338 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5339 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
5340 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5342 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5343 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5344 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5345 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5349 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15415 19784))
5350 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5352 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5353 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5354 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5355 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5356 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5357 buffer and try again." t nil)
5361 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
5362 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5364 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5365 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5366 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5368 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5370 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5371 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5373 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5374 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5379 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5381 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5383 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5384 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5385 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5386 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5387 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5388 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5392 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5393 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5394 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5395 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5396 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15369 56725))
5397 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5399 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5400 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5402 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5403 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5404 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5405 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5406 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5408 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5409 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5410 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5411 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5412 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5414 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5415 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5417 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5418 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5420 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5421 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5423 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5424 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5426 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5427 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5429 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5430 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5431 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5432 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5434 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5435 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5436 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5439 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5440 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5442 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5443 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5445 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5446 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5448 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5449 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5450 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5451 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5453 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5454 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5455 European character display.
5457 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5458 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5459 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5460 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5462 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5463 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5464 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5465 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5466 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5470 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5471 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
5472 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5474 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5475 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5476 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5477 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5478 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5479 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5480 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5481 Default is 2." t nil)
5485 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15317 38827))
5486 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5488 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5489 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5493 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5494 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
5495 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5497 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5499 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5500 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5502 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5504 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5506 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5508 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5510 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5511 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5515 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15650 57368))
5516 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5518 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5519 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5523 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5524 ;;;;;; (15232 59206))
5525 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5527 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5528 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5532 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5533 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5534 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15491 62641))
5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5537 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5539 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5540 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5541 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5542 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5544 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5545 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5546 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5547 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5548 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5549 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5550 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5551 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5554 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5555 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5556 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5557 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5558 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5559 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5560 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5561 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5562 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5564 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5565 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5566 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5567 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5568 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5569 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5571 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5572 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5573 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5574 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5575 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5576 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5577 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5579 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5581 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5582 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5583 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5587 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5588 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15656
5590 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5592 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5594 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5595 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5596 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5597 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5599 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5600 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5604 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5609 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5610 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5614 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5615 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5617 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5619 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5621 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5623 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5624 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5626 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5627 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5629 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5631 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5633 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5637 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5638 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5639 computed automatically.
5640 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5644 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5646 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5647 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5648 keyboard equivalent.
5652 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5653 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5657 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5658 expression has a non-nil value.
5662 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5663 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5667 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5671 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5672 radio: A radio button.
5673 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5674 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5676 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5680 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5681 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5685 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5687 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5688 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5689 as a solid horizontal line.
5691 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5693 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5695 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5696 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5697 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5698 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5700 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5701 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5702 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5703 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5704 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5705 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5707 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5708 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5709 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5711 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5712 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5716 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5717 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5718 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5719 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5720 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15279 28735))
5721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5723 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5724 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5726 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5727 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5729 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5730 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5733 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5734 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5735 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5736 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5738 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5739 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5740 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5742 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5743 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5744 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5745 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5747 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5749 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5750 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5751 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5753 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5755 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5756 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5758 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5759 The EPS file name has the following form:
5761 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5763 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5764 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5766 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5767 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5768 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5769 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5771 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5773 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5774 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5776 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5777 The EPS file name has the following form:
5779 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5781 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5782 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5784 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5785 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5786 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5787 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5789 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5791 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5793 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5794 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5796 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5797 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5799 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5800 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5802 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5803 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5805 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5806 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5808 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5809 Set STYLE to current style.
5811 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5813 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5814 Reset current style.
5816 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5818 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5819 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5821 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5823 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5824 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5826 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5830 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5831 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5832 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5833 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5834 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5835 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15664 47250))
5836 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5838 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5839 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5840 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5841 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5842 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5843 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5845 Tree mode key bindings:
5846 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5848 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5849 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5851 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5852 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5853 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5854 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5857 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5858 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5859 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5860 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5862 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5863 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5864 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5866 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5867 Search for call sites of a member.
5868 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5869 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5870 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5871 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5873 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5874 Move backward in the position stack.
5875 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5877 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5878 Move forward in the position stack.
5879 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5881 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5882 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5884 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5885 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5887 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5888 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5889 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5890 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5892 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5893 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5897 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5898 ;;;;;; (15345 22660))
5899 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5901 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5902 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5903 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5904 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5906 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5907 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5908 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5910 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5911 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5912 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5914 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5916 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5920 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5921 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15185 49574))
5922 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5924 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5925 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5926 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5930 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5931 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15544 37708))
5932 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5934 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5935 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5936 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5937 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5938 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5940 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5941 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5942 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5943 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5945 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5946 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5947 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5948 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5950 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5951 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5952 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5953 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5955 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5957 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5958 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5959 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5960 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5961 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5965 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5966 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5967 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5968 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5969 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5970 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5971 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5972 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5973 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5974 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15513 1037))
5975 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5977 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5978 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5980 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5981 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5983 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5985 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5987 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5988 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5990 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5992 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5993 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5995 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5997 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5998 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5999 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
6000 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6002 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
6004 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6005 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
6006 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6007 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6009 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
6011 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
6012 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
6013 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
6014 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6016 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
6018 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
6019 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
6020 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
6021 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6023 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
6025 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6026 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
6027 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
6028 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
6029 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
6030 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
6032 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6033 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
6034 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6035 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6037 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
6039 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6040 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
6041 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6042 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
6044 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
6046 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
6048 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6049 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
6050 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6052 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6053 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
6055 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
6056 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
6057 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6059 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6060 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
6062 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6063 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6064 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6065 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6066 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6068 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
6069 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
6071 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
6072 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6073 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6074 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6075 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6077 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
6078 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
6079 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
6081 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
6083 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
6084 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
6086 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6087 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
6089 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
6091 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
6092 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
6094 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6095 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
6097 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
6098 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
6099 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6102 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6103 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
6104 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
6107 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
6108 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
6109 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
6110 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
6112 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
6113 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
6114 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
6115 and don't ask the user.
6116 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
6117 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
6119 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
6120 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
6121 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
6122 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
6123 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
6124 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
6126 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
6128 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
6130 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
6131 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
6132 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
6133 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
6134 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
6136 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
6138 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
6139 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
6140 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
6142 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
6143 Display Ediff's manual.
6144 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
6148 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
6149 ;;;;;; (15418 30513))
6150 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
6152 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
6156 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
6157 ;;;;;; (15513 1037))
6158 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
6160 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
6161 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
6163 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
6167 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
6168 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15549 60238))
6169 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
6171 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
6172 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
6173 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
6176 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
6177 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
6178 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
6179 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
6183 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
6184 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
6185 ;;;;;; (15634 63357))
6186 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
6187 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
6189 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
6190 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
6191 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
6193 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6194 Edit a keyboard macro.
6195 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
6196 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
6197 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
6199 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
6201 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6202 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
6204 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6205 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
6207 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6208 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
6209 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
6210 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
6211 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
6212 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
6214 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
6215 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
6216 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
6217 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
6219 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6220 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
6221 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
6222 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
6223 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
6224 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6228 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6229 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15631 17712))
6230 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6232 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6234 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6235 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6237 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6238 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6242 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6243 ;;;;;; (15031 23821))
6244 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6246 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6247 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
6248 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6249 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6250 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6251 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6252 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6253 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6255 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6256 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6258 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
6259 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6260 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6261 this value is non-nil.
6263 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6264 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6265 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6267 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6268 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6269 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6271 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6275 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
6276 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15419 34666))
6277 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6279 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6280 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
6282 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6283 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
6284 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6286 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6287 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6288 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6289 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6290 from the documentation string if possible.
6292 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6295 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
6297 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6298 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6302 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15186
6304 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6306 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6307 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6309 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6310 an elided material again.
6312 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6316 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6317 ;;;;;; (15396 35994))
6318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6320 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6321 Initialize elint." t nil)
6325 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6326 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15402
6328 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6330 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6331 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6332 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6334 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6335 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6336 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6338 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6339 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6340 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6342 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6344 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6345 Display current profiling results.
6346 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6347 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6352 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6353 ;;;;;; (15593 24726))
6354 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6356 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6357 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6358 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6362 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6363 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6364 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6365 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6366 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15400 23563))
6367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6369 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6371 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6373 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6375 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6377 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6379 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6381 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6383 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6385 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6387 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6388 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6390 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6391 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6393 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6394 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6396 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6397 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6399 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6401 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6403 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6405 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6407 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6408 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6410 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6411 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6413 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6417 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6418 ;;;;;; (15538 21134))
6419 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6421 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
6422 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
6423 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6424 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6425 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
6427 (custom-add-to-group (quote encoded-kbd) (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-variable))
6429 (custom-add-load (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote encoded-kb))
6431 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6432 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6433 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6435 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6436 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6439 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6440 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6441 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." t nil)
6445 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6446 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15535 38780))
6447 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6449 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6450 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6451 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6452 text/enriched format.
6453 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6455 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6456 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6460 \\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6462 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6464 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6468 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15620
6470 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6472 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6473 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6475 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6479 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15470
6481 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6483 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6484 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6488 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6489 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15470 1515))
6490 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6492 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6493 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6494 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6495 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6496 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6497 will begin. A new session is always created if the prefix
6498 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6500 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6501 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6502 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6504 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6505 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6506 The result might be any Lisp object.
6507 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6508 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6509 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6511 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6512 Report a bug in Eshell.
6513 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6514 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6518 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6519 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6520 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6521 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6522 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6523 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6524 ;;;;;; (15633 48133))
6525 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6527 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6528 *File name of tags table.
6529 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6530 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6531 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6532 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6534 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6535 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6536 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6537 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6539 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6540 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6541 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6542 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6543 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6544 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6546 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6547 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6548 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6549 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6550 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6551 `auto-compression-mode').")
6553 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6554 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6555 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6556 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6557 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6559 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6560 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6561 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6562 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6564 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6565 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6566 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6567 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6568 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6570 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6571 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6572 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6573 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6575 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6576 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6577 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6578 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6579 file the tag was in." t nil)
6581 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6582 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6583 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6584 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6585 without directory names." nil nil)
6587 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6588 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6589 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6590 but does not select the buffer.
6591 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6593 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6594 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6595 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6596 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6597 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6599 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6601 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6602 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6603 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6605 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6607 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6608 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6609 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6610 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6612 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6613 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6614 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6615 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6616 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6618 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6620 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6621 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6622 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6624 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6625 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6627 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6628 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6629 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6630 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6631 around or before point.
6633 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6634 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6635 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6636 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6637 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6639 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6641 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6642 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6643 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6645 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6646 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6648 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6649 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6650 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6651 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6652 around or before point.
6654 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6655 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6656 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6657 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6658 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6660 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6662 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6663 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6664 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6666 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6667 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6669 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6670 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6671 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6673 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6674 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6675 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6676 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6677 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6679 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6681 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6682 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6683 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6685 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6686 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6687 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6689 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6690 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6692 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6693 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6694 where they were found." t nil)
6696 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6697 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6699 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6700 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6701 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6703 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6704 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6706 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6707 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6709 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6710 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6711 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6712 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6714 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6715 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6716 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6717 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6718 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6719 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6721 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6722 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6723 Stops when a match is found.
6724 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6726 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6728 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6729 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
6730 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6731 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6732 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6734 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6736 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6737 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6738 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6739 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6740 directory specification." t nil)
6742 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6743 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6745 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6746 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6747 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6748 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6750 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6751 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6752 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6753 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6754 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6758 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6759 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6760 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6761 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6762 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6763 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6764 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6765 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15391 46451))
6766 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6768 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6770 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6771 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6772 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6773 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6775 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6776 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6779 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6780 even if the buffer is read-only.
6782 See also the descriptions of the variables
6783 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6784 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6786 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6787 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6789 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6790 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6792 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6793 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6796 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6797 buffer is read-only.
6799 See also the descriptions of the variables
6800 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6801 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6803 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6804 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6805 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6807 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6808 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6810 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6811 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6813 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6814 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6816 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6817 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6818 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6819 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6821 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6822 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6823 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6824 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6826 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6827 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6828 the primary language.
6830 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6831 buffer is read-only.
6833 See also the descriptions of the variables
6834 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6835 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6837 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6838 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6839 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6840 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6842 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6843 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6846 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6847 buffer is read-only.
6849 See also the descriptions of the variables
6850 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6851 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6853 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6854 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6855 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6857 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6858 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6860 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6861 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6862 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6863 3) convert the body into SERA.
6865 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6867 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6868 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6869 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6871 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6872 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6874 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6875 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6877 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6878 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6881 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6882 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6883 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6885 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6887 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6888 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6890 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6891 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6892 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6894 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6895 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6897 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6898 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6900 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6901 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6903 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6904 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6906 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6907 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6909 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6910 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6912 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6913 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6917 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6918 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6919 ;;;;;; (15429 14345))
6920 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6922 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6923 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6924 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6925 server for future sessions." t nil)
6927 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6928 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6930 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6931 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6933 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6934 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6935 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6936 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6937 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6938 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6939 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6940 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6941 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6942 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6943 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6944 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6946 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6947 Display a form to query the directory server.
6948 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6949 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6951 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6952 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6953 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6955 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6959 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6960 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6961 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 13186))
6962 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6964 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6965 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6967 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6968 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6970 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
6971 Display e-mail address and make it clickable." nil nil)
6973 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6974 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6976 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6977 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6979 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6980 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6984 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6985 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 13344))
6986 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6988 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6989 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6990 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6992 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6993 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6997 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6998 ;;;;;; (15429 13512))
6999 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
7001 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
7002 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
7006 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
7007 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
7008 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15305 61706))
7009 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
7011 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
7012 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
7013 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
7015 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
7016 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
7017 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
7018 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
7019 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
7022 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
7023 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
7024 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
7026 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
7027 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
7028 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
7029 file modes." nil nil)
7033 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
7034 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15363 54641))
7035 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
7037 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
7038 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
7039 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
7040 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
7042 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
7044 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
7045 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
7046 to generate such functions.
7048 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
7049 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
7050 beginning of the expanded text.
7052 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
7053 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
7054 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
7055 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
7057 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
7059 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
7060 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7061 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
7063 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
7064 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
7065 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
7066 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
7067 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
7071 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15637 60559))
7072 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
7074 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
7075 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
7077 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
7078 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
7079 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
7081 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
7086 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7089 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
7091 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
7093 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
7094 `f90-program-indent'
7095 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
7097 `f90-continuation-indent'
7098 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
7099 `f90-comment-region'
7100 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
7101 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
7102 `f90-indented-comment-re'
7103 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
7105 `f90-directive-comment-re'
7106 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
7107 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
7108 `f90-break-delimiters'
7109 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
7110 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
7111 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
7112 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
7114 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
7115 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
7117 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
7118 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
7119 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
7120 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
7121 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
7122 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
7124 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
7126 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
7128 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
7129 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7133 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
7134 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
7135 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
7136 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
7137 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15656 59685))
7138 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
7139 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
7140 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
7142 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
7143 Menu keymap for faces.")
7145 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
7147 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
7148 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
7150 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
7152 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
7153 Menu keymap for background colors.")
7155 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
7157 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
7158 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
7160 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
7162 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
7163 Submenu for text justification commands.")
7165 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
7167 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
7168 Submenu for indentation commands.")
7170 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
7172 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
7173 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
7175 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
7177 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
7179 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
7181 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
7183 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
7184 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
7185 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
7186 will not show through at all will be removed.
7188 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
7190 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7191 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7194 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7195 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7196 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7198 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
7199 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7200 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7202 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7203 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7206 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7207 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7208 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7210 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
7211 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
7212 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
7214 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7215 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7218 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7219 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7220 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7222 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
7223 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
7224 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
7225 is the menu item's name.
7227 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7228 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7231 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7232 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7233 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7235 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7236 Make the region invisible.
7237 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7238 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7240 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7241 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7242 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7243 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7245 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7246 Make the region unmodifiable.
7247 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7248 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7250 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7251 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7253 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7254 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7256 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7257 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
7258 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7260 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7261 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7263 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7264 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7265 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7266 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7267 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7271 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7272 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15363 46804))
7273 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7275 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7276 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7277 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7278 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7280 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7282 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7283 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7284 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7286 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7287 - When you save the file's buffer.
7288 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7289 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7290 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7291 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7293 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
7295 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7296 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7297 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7298 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7300 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7301 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7303 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7307 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7308 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7309 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15429 33864))
7310 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7312 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7313 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7314 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7315 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7317 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7318 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7320 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7321 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7322 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7323 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7325 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7326 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7327 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7328 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7329 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7331 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7332 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7333 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7334 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7335 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7336 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7337 internally by feedmail):
7339 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7340 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7341 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7342 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7344 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7345 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7346 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7347 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7348 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7352 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7353 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15576 17069))
7354 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7356 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7357 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7358 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7359 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7360 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7361 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7362 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7364 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7365 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7366 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7367 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7368 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7369 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7370 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7372 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7374 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
7376 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7377 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7378 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7379 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7380 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7381 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7383 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7384 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7385 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7387 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7388 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7389 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7391 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7392 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7394 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7395 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7399 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7400 ;;;;;; (15567 16400))
7401 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7403 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7404 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7405 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7406 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7407 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7408 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7409 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7410 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7411 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7412 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7416 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7417 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15593 24723))
7418 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7420 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7421 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7422 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7423 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7424 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7426 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7427 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7428 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7429 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7431 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7432 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7433 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7435 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7437 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7438 as the final argument." t nil)
7440 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7441 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7442 and run dired on those files.
7443 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7444 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7446 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7448 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7449 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
7450 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7452 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
7454 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7458 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7459 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7460 ;;;;;; (15561 55028))
7461 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7463 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7464 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7465 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7467 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7469 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7470 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7471 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7473 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7474 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7476 Variables of interest include:
7478 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7479 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7480 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7482 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7483 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7484 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7486 - `ff-ignore-include'
7487 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7489 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7490 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7493 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7495 - `ff-special-constructs'
7496 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7497 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7498 extracting the filename from that construct.
7500 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7501 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7503 - `ff-search-directories'
7504 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7505 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7507 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7508 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7510 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7511 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7513 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7514 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7516 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7517 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7519 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7520 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7522 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7523 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7525 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7526 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7530 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7531 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7532 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7533 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7534 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func"
7535 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (15588 20860))
7536 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7538 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
7540 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
7541 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY." nil nil)
7543 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7544 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7546 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7547 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7550 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7551 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7552 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7554 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7555 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7557 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7558 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7559 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7560 it is one of the current buffers.
7562 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7563 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7564 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7566 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7567 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7569 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7571 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7572 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7574 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7576 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7577 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7579 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7580 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7583 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
7584 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7586 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7587 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7589 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7590 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7591 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7592 it is one of the current buffers.
7594 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7595 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7596 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7598 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7599 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7601 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7603 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7604 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7606 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7608 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7609 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7610 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7612 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7613 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7615 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7616 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7618 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7619 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7623 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7624 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15186 53885))
7625 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7627 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7628 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7630 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7631 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7633 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7634 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7638 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7639 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15518 17562))
7640 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7642 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7643 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7645 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7646 Display FILE's commentary section.
7647 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7649 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7650 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7654 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7655 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7656 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7658 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7659 Toggle flow control handling.
7660 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7661 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7663 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7664 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7665 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7666 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7667 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7668 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7672 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7673 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7674 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15577 29858))
7675 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7677 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7678 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7679 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7681 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7682 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7684 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
7686 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7688 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7689 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7690 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7691 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7692 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7693 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7696 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7697 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7698 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7701 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
7704 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7705 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7706 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7708 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7710 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7711 in your .emacs file.
7713 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
7714 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7716 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
7718 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
7719 The flyspell version" t nil)
7721 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7722 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7724 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7725 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7727 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7728 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7732 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7733 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7734 ;;;;;; (15436 15699))
7735 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7737 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7738 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7740 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7741 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7743 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7744 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7746 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7747 of two major techniques:
7749 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7750 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7751 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7753 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7754 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7755 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7758 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7759 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7760 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7761 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7762 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7765 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7766 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7768 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7770 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7771 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7772 \(This is the default.)
7774 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7775 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7777 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7778 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7780 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7781 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7783 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7784 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7785 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7786 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7787 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7788 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7790 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7791 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7792 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7794 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7795 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7796 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7800 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
7801 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15656
7803 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7805 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7806 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7807 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7808 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7809 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7810 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7811 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7812 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7813 end of the current highlighting list.
7817 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7818 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7819 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7821 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7822 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7824 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7825 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7826 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7828 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7829 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7830 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7832 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7833 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7835 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7836 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7838 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7839 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7840 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7842 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7843 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7847 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7848 ;;;;;; (15400 43360))
7849 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7851 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7852 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7853 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7854 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7855 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7857 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7860 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7861 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7863 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7867 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15394
7869 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7871 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7872 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7873 \\<message-mode-map>
7877 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7878 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7879 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7880 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7881 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7882 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7887 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7888 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15590 49016))
7889 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7891 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7892 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7894 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7895 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7896 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7897 C-c < forms-first-record <
7898 C-c > forms-last-record >
7899 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7900 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7901 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7902 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7903 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7904 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7905 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7906 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7907 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7908 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7911 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7912 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7914 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7915 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7919 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7920 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15590 49021))
7921 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7923 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7924 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7925 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7926 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7927 with a character in column 6.")
7929 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7930 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7931 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7932 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7934 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7938 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7940 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7943 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7944 set this to the string \"!\".
7946 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7948 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7949 `fortran-structure-indent'
7950 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7952 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7953 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7954 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7955 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7956 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7957 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7958 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7959 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7960 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7961 (for TAB format continuation style).
7962 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7963 indentation for a line of code.
7965 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7966 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7967 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7968 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7969 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7970 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7971 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7972 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7973 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7974 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7975 column 5. (default 1)
7976 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7977 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7978 statements. (default nil)
7979 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7980 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7981 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7982 statement. (default nil)
7983 `fortran-continuation-string'
7984 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7985 line. (default \"$\")
7986 `fortran-comment-region'
7987 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7988 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7989 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7990 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7991 as typed. (default t)
7992 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7993 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7996 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7997 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8001 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
8002 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15195 62737))
8003 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
8005 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
8006 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
8008 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8009 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8011 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
8012 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
8014 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
8015 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
8017 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
8018 Compile fortune file.
8020 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
8021 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
8023 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
8024 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
8026 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8027 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8028 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8029 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8031 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
8032 Display a fortune cookie.
8034 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
8035 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
8036 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
8037 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
8041 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode) "fringe" "fringe.el"
8042 ;;;;;; (15601 18543))
8043 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
8045 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
8046 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
8047 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
8048 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
8049 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
8050 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
8051 specified, the user is queried.
8052 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
8054 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
8055 see `set-fringe-style'." t nil)
8057 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
8058 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
8059 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
8060 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
8061 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
8062 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
8063 specified, the user is queried.
8064 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'." t nil)
8068 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
8069 ;;;;;; (15186 56482))
8070 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
8072 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
8073 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
8075 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
8076 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
8078 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
8079 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
8082 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
8083 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
8084 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
8085 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
8086 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
8087 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
8089 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
8090 Each keyword should be a string.
8092 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
8093 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
8095 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
8096 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
8097 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
8099 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
8101 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
8103 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
8104 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
8105 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
8106 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
8108 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
8109 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
8113 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
8114 ;;;;;; (15251 15718))
8115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
8117 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
8118 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
8119 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
8120 at places they belong to." t nil)
8124 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
8125 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15410 32828))
8126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
8128 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
8129 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
8131 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
8133 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8134 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
8135 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8136 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
8137 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
8139 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
8140 Read news as a slave." t nil)
8142 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
8143 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
8145 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
8147 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
8148 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
8149 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
8153 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
8154 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
8155 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
8156 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
8158 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8159 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
8161 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
8162 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
8164 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
8165 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
8166 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
8167 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
8171 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
8172 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
8173 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
8175 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
8176 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
8178 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
8182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
8183 ;;;;;; (15587 64723))
8184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
8186 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
8187 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
8191 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8192 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
8193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8195 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8196 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8200 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8201 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14860
8203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8205 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8206 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8209 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8211 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8212 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8214 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8215 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8219 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8220 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15533 28774))
8221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8223 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8224 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8225 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8227 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8228 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8232 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8233 ;;;;;; (14813 3418))
8234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8236 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8238 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8239 Run batched scoring.
8240 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8244 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8245 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15185 54813))
8246 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8248 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8250 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8251 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8253 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
8257 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8258 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8259 ;;;;;; (15383 46829))
8260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8262 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8263 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8264 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8265 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8268 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8269 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8270 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8271 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8273 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8274 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8275 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8276 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8277 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8278 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8279 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8280 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8281 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8282 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8284 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8285 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8286 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8288 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8289 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8291 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8292 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8293 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8295 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8297 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8298 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8299 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
8301 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8303 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8304 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8305 existing groups are considered.
8307 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8308 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8311 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8312 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8313 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8314 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8315 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8316 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8317 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8318 clauses will be generated.
8320 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8321 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8322 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8323 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8324 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8325 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8327 For example, given the following group parameters:
8330 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8331 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8333 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8334 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8335 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8336 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8338 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8340 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8342 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8344 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8345 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8346 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8350 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8351 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8352 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8354 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8355 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8356 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8360 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15470
8362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8364 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8365 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8366 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8367 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8369 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8373 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8374 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
8375 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8377 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8378 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8379 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8380 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8383 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8384 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8385 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8389 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8390 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8391 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8393 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8394 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8395 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8396 for matching on group names.
8398 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8399 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8401 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8403 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8407 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8408 ;;;;;; (14860 12426))
8409 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8411 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8412 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8416 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8417 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15650 59284))
8418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8420 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8421 Unload all Gnus features.
8422 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8423 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8424 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8426 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8427 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8431 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8432 ;;;;;; (15272 56960))
8433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8435 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8436 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8440 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15515 40568))
8441 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8443 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8444 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8446 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8447 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8448 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8450 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8451 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8452 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8454 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8455 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8457 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
8458 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
8460 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8464 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8465 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15302 11763))
8466 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8468 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8469 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8470 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8471 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8472 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8474 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8475 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8476 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8477 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8478 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8480 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8481 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8482 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8484 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8486 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8487 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8491 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15288 14339))
8492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8494 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8495 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8496 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8497 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8498 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8502 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8503 ;;;;;; (15522 14844))
8504 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8506 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8507 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8508 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8509 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8511 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8512 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8513 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8514 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8516 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8517 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8518 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8519 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8521 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8522 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8523 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8524 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8526 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8527 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8529 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8530 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8531 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8532 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8534 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8535 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8536 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8537 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8539 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8540 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
8541 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
8542 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
8543 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
8545 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
8546 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
8547 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
8548 original source file access method.
8550 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
8551 gud, see `gud-mode'." t nil)
8552 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8556 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15587
8558 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8560 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8561 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8562 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8563 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8565 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8566 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8567 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8568 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8572 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8573 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
8574 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8576 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8577 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8579 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8580 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8581 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8582 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8584 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8586 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8587 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8588 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8589 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8590 to be updated." t nil)
8594 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
8595 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
8596 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (15664 47247))
8597 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
8599 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
8600 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
8601 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
8602 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
8603 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
8604 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil)
8606 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
8607 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
8608 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library'
8609 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
8610 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
8611 to the specified name LIBRARY.
8613 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
8614 is used instead of `load-path'.
8616 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
8617 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
8618 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil)
8620 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
8621 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil)
8623 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" nil nil nil)
8625 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
8626 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
8627 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil)
8629 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
8630 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
8631 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
8632 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
8633 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil)
8635 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
8636 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
8637 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
8638 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer." t nil)
8640 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
8641 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
8642 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed." t nil)
8646 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8647 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
8648 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8650 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8651 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8652 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8653 and window listing and describing the options.
8654 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8655 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8659 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
8660 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
8661 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15622 54373))
8662 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
8664 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
8665 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
8666 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
8668 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil)
8670 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8672 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8674 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
8675 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
8677 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
8678 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
8679 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
8680 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
8682 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
8683 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
8684 restore it properly when going back." nil nil)
8686 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
8687 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
8689 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
8690 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
8691 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
8692 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
8693 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8695 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
8696 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
8697 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
8698 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8700 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
8701 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
8704 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8705 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
8706 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
8707 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
8708 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8709 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8711 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8712 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
8713 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
8714 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8715 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8717 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
8718 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil)
8722 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8723 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15185 49574))
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8726 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8727 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8729 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8730 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8734 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8735 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15658 42831))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8738 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8739 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8740 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8741 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8742 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8744 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8745 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8747 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8748 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8749 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8750 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8752 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8753 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8756 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8761 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8762 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8763 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8764 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8765 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8766 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8767 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8768 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8769 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8770 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8771 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8772 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8773 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8774 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8775 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8777 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8778 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8779 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8781 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8784 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8786 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8787 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8788 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8790 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8791 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8792 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8794 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8795 into the buffer at the current point.
8797 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8798 into the buffer at the current point.
8800 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8801 into the buffer at the current point.
8803 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8805 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8806 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8808 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8810 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8812 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8813 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8814 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8816 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8817 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8818 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8822 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8823 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8824 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15450
8826 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8828 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8830 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8831 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8833 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8835 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8837 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8838 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8840 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8841 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8842 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8843 which can be called interactively, are:
8845 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8846 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8848 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8849 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8850 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8851 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8853 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8854 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8856 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8857 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8859 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8860 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8861 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8862 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8863 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8864 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8866 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8867 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8869 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8870 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8872 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8873 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8874 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8877 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8879 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8881 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8882 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8884 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8885 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8886 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8887 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8889 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8891 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8892 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8894 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8895 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8896 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8897 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8899 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8901 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8902 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8904 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8905 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8907 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8909 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8910 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8912 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8913 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8914 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8915 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8916 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8918 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8919 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8921 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8922 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8923 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8927 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8928 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15496 13874))
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8931 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8932 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8933 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8934 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8935 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8936 how the hiding is done:
8939 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8940 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8943 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
8944 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8945 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8946 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8947 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8950 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8951 #endif lines when hiding.
8953 `hide-ifdef-initially'
8954 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8957 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
8958 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8959 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8961 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8963 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8964 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8966 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8967 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8969 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8970 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8974 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8975 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15587 64724))
8976 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8978 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8979 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8981 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8982 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8983 Each element has the form
8984 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8986 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8987 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8989 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8990 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8992 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8993 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8994 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8995 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8996 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8998 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8999 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
9001 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
9002 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
9004 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
9005 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
9006 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
9008 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
9009 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
9010 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9011 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
9012 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
9013 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
9015 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
9016 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
9017 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
9019 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
9020 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
9022 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
9025 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
9029 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
9030 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
9031 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
9032 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15556 56033))
9033 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
9035 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
9037 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
9038 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
9039 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
9041 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
9042 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
9044 Without an argument:
9045 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
9046 or passive state as determined by the variable
9047 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
9050 With an argument ARG:
9051 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
9052 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
9053 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
9055 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
9056 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
9057 not displayed in a different face.
9060 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
9061 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
9062 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
9063 buffer with the contents of a file
9064 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
9065 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
9069 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
9070 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
9071 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9073 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9074 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9076 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
9077 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
9079 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
9080 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
9082 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
9083 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
9084 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
9085 shown in the last face in the list.
9087 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
9088 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
9089 buffer to be saved):
9091 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
9093 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
9094 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
9096 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
9097 and must not be read-only.
9099 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
9100 this function is called interactively.
9102 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
9103 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
9104 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
9106 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
9107 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
9108 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
9110 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
9111 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
9113 When called interactively:
9114 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
9115 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
9116 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
9117 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
9119 When called from a program:
9120 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
9121 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
9122 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
9123 - otherwise just turn it on
9125 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
9126 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
9127 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
9128 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
9132 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
9133 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
9134 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
9135 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
9136 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15394 12491))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
9139 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
9140 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
9141 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
9142 or insert functions in this list.")
9144 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
9145 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
9147 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
9148 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
9150 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
9151 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
9153 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
9154 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
9156 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
9157 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
9158 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
9160 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
9161 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
9162 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9165 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
9166 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
9167 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
9168 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
9169 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
9171 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
9172 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
9173 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
9174 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
9175 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
9177 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
9178 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
9179 undoes the expansion." t nil)
9181 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
9182 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
9183 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
9184 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
9188 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
9189 ;;;;;; (15522 14844))
9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
9192 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9193 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
9194 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9195 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
9196 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
9198 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
9199 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
9200 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9201 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9202 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
9204 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9206 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
9208 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9209 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
9210 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9211 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
9212 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
9216 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
9217 ;;;;;; (15097 24075))
9218 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
9220 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
9221 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
9222 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9224 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9226 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
9227 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
9229 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
9230 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
9232 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
9236 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
9237 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
9238 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
9240 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
9241 This function is obsolete.
9242 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9243 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
9245 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
9246 This function is obsolete.
9247 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9248 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9250 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
9251 This function is obsolete.
9252 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9253 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9257 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
9258 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
9259 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
9260 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
9261 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
9262 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
9263 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
9264 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
9265 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
9266 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
9267 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
9268 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
9269 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
9270 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
9271 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
9272 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
9273 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
9274 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
9275 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
9276 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
9277 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
9278 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (15583 22100))
9279 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
9281 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9282 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
9283 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
9285 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9286 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse." t nil)
9288 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9289 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point." t nil)
9291 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9292 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse." t nil)
9294 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9295 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line." t nil)
9297 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9298 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9300 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9301 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups." t nil)
9302 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
9303 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9304 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
9305 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9306 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
9307 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
9308 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
9309 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9310 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
9311 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
9312 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
9314 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" nil nil nil)
9316 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9317 Make the current filters into a filtering group." t nil)
9319 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9320 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode." t nil)
9322 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9323 Remove the first filter group." t nil)
9325 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9326 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters." t nil)
9328 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9329 Remove all filter groups." t nil)
9331 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9332 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME." t nil)
9334 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9335 Kill the filter group named NAME.
9336 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'." t nil)
9338 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
9339 Kill the filter group at point.
9340 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'." t nil)
9342 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
9343 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point." t nil)
9345 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
9346 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME." t nil)
9348 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9349 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
9350 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
9351 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9353 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9354 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
9355 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'." t nil)
9357 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
9358 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
9359 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
9360 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9361 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9363 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
9364 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer." t nil)
9366 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9367 Remove the top filter in this buffer." t nil)
9369 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9370 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
9372 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
9373 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
9374 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode]." t nil)
9376 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9377 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer." t nil)
9379 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9380 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer." t nil)
9382 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
9383 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
9384 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
9385 filter into parts." t nil)
9387 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9388 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9389 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters." t nil)
9391 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9392 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'." t nil)
9394 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9395 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters." t nil)
9397 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
9398 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
9399 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
9400 of replacing the current filters." t nil)
9401 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9402 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9403 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
9404 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
9405 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
9406 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
9407 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
9409 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9410 Toggle the current sorting mode.
9411 Default sorting modes are:
9412 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
9413 Name - the name of the buffer
9414 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
9415 Size - the size of the buffer" t nil)
9417 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
9418 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order." t nil)
9419 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
9420 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
9421 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
9422 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
9424 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9425 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package." t nil)
9427 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
9428 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
9429 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
9430 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9432 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
9433 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
9434 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
9435 for this ibuffer session." t nil)
9437 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9438 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9440 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9441 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
9443 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
9444 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards." t nil)
9446 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
9447 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
9449 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
9450 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'." t nil)
9452 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
9453 Hide all of the currently marked lines." t nil)
9455 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
9456 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME." t nil)
9458 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
9459 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
9460 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'." t nil)
9462 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
9463 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
9464 The names are separated by a space.
9465 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
9466 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete pathname of each marked file.
9468 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with C-y.
9470 [ This docstring shamelessly stolen from the
9471 `dired-copy-filename-as-kill' in \"dired-x\". ]" t nil)
9473 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9474 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9476 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9477 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP." t nil)
9479 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
9480 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP." t nil)
9482 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
9483 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE." t nil)
9485 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9486 Mark all modified buffers." t nil)
9488 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9489 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file." t nil)
9491 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9492 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist." t nil)
9494 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9495 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*." t nil)
9497 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9498 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days." t nil)
9500 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9501 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'." t nil)
9503 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9504 Mark all read-only buffers." t nil)
9506 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
9507 Mark all `dired' buffers." t nil)
9509 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
9510 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
9511 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
9512 defaults to one." t nil)
9516 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
9517 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (15618
9519 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
9521 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
9522 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
9524 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
9525 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
9526 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
9528 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
9529 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
9530 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
9531 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
9532 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
9533 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
9535 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
9536 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
9537 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
9538 change its definition, you should explicitly call
9539 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'." nil (quote macro))
9541 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9542 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
9543 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
9544 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
9545 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
9547 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
9548 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
9549 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'." nil (quote macro))
9551 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
9552 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
9553 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
9554 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
9555 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
9556 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
9558 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
9559 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
9560 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
9561 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
9562 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
9563 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
9564 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
9565 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
9567 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
9568 t - the function it always modifies buffers
9569 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
9570 buffer's modification flag.
9571 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
9572 prompted before performing this operation.
9573 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
9574 operation is complete, in the form:
9575 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
9576 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
9577 confirmation message, in the form:
9578 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
9579 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
9580 macro for exactly what it does." nil (quote macro))
9582 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
9583 Define a filter named NAME.
9584 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
9585 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
9586 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
9588 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
9589 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
9590 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
9591 bound to the current value of the filter." nil (quote macro))
9595 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
9596 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (15627 36471))
9597 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
9599 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
9600 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
9601 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9602 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9604 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
9605 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
9606 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
9607 buffers which are visiting a file." t nil)
9609 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
9610 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
9611 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
9613 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
9614 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
9616 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
9617 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
9618 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
9619 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
9620 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
9621 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
9622 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
9623 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
9624 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
9625 locally in this buffer." t nil)
9629 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
9630 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15483 45647))
9631 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
9633 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
9634 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
9635 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9637 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9638 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9639 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9643 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14851 17580))
9644 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9646 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9647 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9648 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9649 Tab indents for Icon code.
9650 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9651 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9653 Variables controlling indentation style:
9654 icon-tab-always-indent
9655 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9656 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9658 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9659 inserted in Icon code.
9661 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9662 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9663 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9664 icon-continued-statement-offset
9665 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9666 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9667 icon-continued-brace-offset
9668 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9669 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9671 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9672 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9673 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9674 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9676 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9677 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9681 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9683 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9685 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9686 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9687 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9688 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9690 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9691 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9694 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
9696 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9697 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9698 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9700 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9704 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9705 ;;;;;; (15587 64724))
9706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9708 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9709 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9711 The main features of this mode are
9713 1. Indentation and Formatting
9714 --------------------------
9715 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9716 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9718 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
9719 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
9720 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
9721 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9723 Comments are indented as follows:
9725 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9726 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9727 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9729 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9731 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
9732 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
9733 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
9734 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
9735 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
9737 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9738 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
9739 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
9743 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
9744 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
9745 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
9746 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
9747 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
9748 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
9749 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9753 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
9754 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9755 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9756 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9757 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9761 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
9762 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9763 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9764 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9765 mixed or upper case.
9767 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9768 --------------------------------
9769 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9770 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9772 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9773 \\fu FUNCTION template
9774 \\c CASE statement template
9775 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9776 \\f FOR loop template
9777 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9778 \\w WHILE loop template
9779 \\i IF statement template
9780 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9783 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9784 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9786 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9787 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9788 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9790 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9791 -------------------------
9792 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9793 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9795 7. Automatic END completion
9796 ------------------------
9797 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9798 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9802 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9803 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9805 9. Documentation and Customization
9806 -------------------------------
9807 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
9808 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
9809 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
9810 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9811 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9815 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9816 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9817 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9819 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9823 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
9824 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
9825 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
9826 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
9827 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
9828 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
9829 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
9830 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15664 47248))
9831 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
9833 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
9834 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
9835 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
9836 - 'buffer: Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
9838 - 'file: Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
9839 - 'both: Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
9840 - nil: Turn off any ido switching.
9842 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9843 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
9845 (custom-add-to-group (quote ido) (quote ido-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9847 (custom-add-load (quote ido-mode) (quote ido))
9849 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
9850 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
9851 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
9852 If second argument NOBIND is non-nil, no keys are rebound; otherwise,
9853 turning on ido-mode will modify the default keybindings for the
9854 find-file and switch-to-buffer families of commands to the ido
9855 versions of these functions.
9856 However, if second arg equals 'files, bind only for files, or if it
9857 equals 'buffers, bind only for buffers.
9858 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer." t nil)
9860 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
9861 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9862 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9863 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9864 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9865 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
9866 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string." nil nil)
9868 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
9869 Switch to another buffer.
9870 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
9871 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9874 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
9875 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
9876 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
9877 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
9878 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
9880 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
9881 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
9883 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
9884 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
9886 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
9887 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
9888 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
9889 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
9890 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
9891 in a separate window.
9892 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
9893 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
9894 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
9895 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
9896 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
9897 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
9898 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
9899 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
9900 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'." t nil)
9902 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
9903 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9904 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9905 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9907 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
9908 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9909 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9910 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9912 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
9914 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9915 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9917 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
9918 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
9919 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9920 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9922 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
9923 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9924 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9925 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'." t nil)
9927 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
9928 Switch to another file starting from DIR." t nil)
9930 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
9931 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
9932 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
9933 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
9934 visible in another frame.
9936 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
9937 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
9938 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
9939 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
9940 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
9941 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
9943 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
9944 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
9946 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
9947 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
9949 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
9950 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
9951 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
9952 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
9953 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
9954 in a separate window.
9955 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including path).
9956 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
9957 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
9958 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
9959 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
9960 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
9961 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
9962 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
9963 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
9964 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
9965 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
9966 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
9967 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
9968 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
9969 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'." t nil)
9971 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
9972 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
9973 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9974 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
9976 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
9977 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
9978 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9979 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
9981 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
9982 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
9983 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9984 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
9986 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
9987 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
9988 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9989 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
9991 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
9992 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
9993 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9994 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
9996 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
9997 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
9998 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9999 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10001 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
10002 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
10003 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10004 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10006 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
10007 Write current buffer to a file.
10008 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10009 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10011 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
10012 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
10013 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10014 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10016 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
10017 Call dired the ido way.
10018 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10019 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'." t nil)
10021 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
10022 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
10023 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters." nil nil)
10025 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
10026 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
10027 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters." nil nil)
10031 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15627 19572))
10032 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
10033 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
10035 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
10036 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
10037 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
10041 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
10042 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
10043 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15501 5682))
10044 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
10046 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
10047 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
10048 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
10049 be determined." nil nil)
10051 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
10052 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
10053 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
10054 be determined." nil nil)
10056 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
10057 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
10058 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
10060 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
10062 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
10063 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
10064 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
10065 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
10066 use its file extension as image type.
10067 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
10068 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
10069 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
10070 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
10072 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
10073 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
10074 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
10075 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
10076 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
10077 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
10078 POS may be an integer or marker.
10079 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
10080 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
10081 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
10082 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
10084 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
10085 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
10086 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
10087 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
10088 defaulted if you omit it.
10089 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
10090 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
10091 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
10092 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
10094 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
10095 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
10096 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
10097 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
10099 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
10100 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
10102 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
10104 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
10105 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
10106 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
10107 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
10108 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
10109 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
10110 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
10111 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
10114 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
10116 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
10117 Define SYMBOL as an image.
10119 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
10120 documentation string.
10122 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
10123 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
10124 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
10125 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
10126 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
10127 string containing the actual image data. The first image
10128 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
10133 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
10134 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
10138 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
10139 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
10140 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15415 19725))
10141 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
10143 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
10144 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
10145 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
10146 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
10148 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
10149 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
10150 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
10151 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
10153 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
10154 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
10155 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
10156 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
10158 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
10159 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
10160 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
10161 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
10163 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
10164 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
10166 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
10167 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
10168 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
10169 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
10171 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
10172 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
10173 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10175 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
10177 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10179 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
10181 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
10182 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
10183 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
10184 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
10186 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
10187 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
10188 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
10192 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
10193 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15510 21813))
10194 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
10196 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
10197 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
10199 Affects only the mouse index menu.
10201 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
10202 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
10205 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
10207 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
10208 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
10209 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
10211 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
10212 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
10214 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
10215 to create a buffer index.
10217 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
10218 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
10220 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
10221 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
10222 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
10223 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
10224 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
10226 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
10227 entries are not nested.
10229 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
10230 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
10231 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
10232 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
10234 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
10235 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
10237 The variable is buffer-local.
10239 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
10240 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
10241 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
10243 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
10244 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
10245 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
10248 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
10250 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
10251 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
10253 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
10254 of the current buffer as an alist.
10256 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
10257 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
10258 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
10259 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
10260 if it is a sub-alist.
10262 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
10264 The variable is buffer-local.")
10266 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
10268 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
10269 Function for finding the next index position.
10271 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
10272 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
10273 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
10276 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
10277 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
10279 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10281 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
10283 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
10284 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
10286 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
10287 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
10288 It should return the name for that index item.
10290 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10292 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
10294 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
10295 Function to compare string with index item.
10297 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
10298 non-nil if they match.
10300 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
10301 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
10302 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
10305 This variable is local in all buffers.")
10307 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
10309 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
10310 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
10311 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
10313 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
10315 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
10317 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
10319 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
10320 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
10321 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
10322 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
10324 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
10325 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
10327 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
10329 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
10330 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
10331 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
10332 for more information." t nil)
10336 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
10337 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
10338 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (15656 44038))
10339 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
10341 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
10342 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'. " t nil)
10344 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10346 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10348 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" nil nil nil)
10350 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
10351 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
10352 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
10353 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
10354 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'." nil nil)
10356 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
10357 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
10358 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
10359 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
10360 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'." nil nil)
10364 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
10365 ;;;;;; (15650 57540))
10366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
10368 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
10369 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
10370 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
10371 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
10372 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
10374 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
10375 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
10377 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
10378 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
10379 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
10380 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
10381 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
10382 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
10383 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
10384 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
10386 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
10387 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
10388 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
10389 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
10390 Inferior Lisp buffer.
10392 This variable is only used if the variable
10393 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
10395 More precise choices:
10396 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
10397 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
10400 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
10402 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
10403 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
10405 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
10406 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
10407 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
10409 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
10410 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
10411 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
10412 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
10413 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
10415 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
10419 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
10420 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
10421 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
10422 ;;;;;; (15664 47248))
10423 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
10425 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
10426 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
10427 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
10429 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
10430 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
10431 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
10432 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
10433 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
10434 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
10436 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
10437 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
10439 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
10440 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
10441 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
10443 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" nil t nil)
10445 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
10446 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
10447 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
10448 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
10450 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
10451 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
10453 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
10454 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
10455 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10456 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10457 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10459 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
10460 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
10462 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
10463 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
10464 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
10465 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
10467 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
10468 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
10469 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
10473 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
10474 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
10475 ;;;;;; (15440 59237))
10476 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
10478 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
10479 Throw away all cached data.
10480 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
10481 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
10484 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
10485 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
10486 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
10487 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
10488 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10489 The default symbol is the one found at point.
10491 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
10493 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
10494 Display the documentation of a file.
10495 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
10496 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
10497 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
10498 The default file name is the one found at point.
10500 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
10502 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
10503 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
10505 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
10506 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
10510 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
10511 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15185 49574))
10512 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
10514 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
10515 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
10517 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
10518 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
10519 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
10521 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
10522 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
10523 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
10525 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
10526 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
10527 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
10528 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
10530 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
10531 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
10532 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
10534 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
10535 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
10536 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
10537 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
10538 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
10542 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
10543 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
10544 ;;;;;; (15251 19613))
10545 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
10547 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10548 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
10550 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
10551 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
10553 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
10557 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
10558 ;;;;;; (15634 63561))
10559 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
10561 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
10562 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
10563 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
10564 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
10565 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
10566 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
10568 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
10569 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
10571 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
10572 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
10573 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
10574 \"s gives German sharp s.
10575 /a gives a with ring.
10576 /e gives an a-e ligature.
10577 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
10578 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
10579 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
10581 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
10582 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
10586 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
10587 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
10588 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
10589 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15186 56483))
10590 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
10592 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
10593 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
10594 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10595 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10597 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
10598 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
10599 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10600 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10602 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
10603 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
10604 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10605 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10607 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10608 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10609 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10610 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10612 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10613 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10614 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10615 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10617 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
10618 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10619 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10620 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10622 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
10623 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
10624 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
10625 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10627 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
10628 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
10629 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10630 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10632 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
10633 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
10634 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
10635 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
10637 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10638 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
10640 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
10641 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
10643 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
10644 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
10648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
10649 ;;;;;; (15404 61941))
10650 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
10651 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
10652 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
10653 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
10657 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
10658 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
10659 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
10660 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
10661 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
10662 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15609 17209))
10663 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
10665 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
10666 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
10668 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
10669 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
10670 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
10671 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
10673 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
10674 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
10675 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
10677 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
10679 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
10681 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
10683 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
10685 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
10687 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
10689 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
10690 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
10692 Each element of this list is also a list:
10694 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
10695 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
10697 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
10698 nil means the default dictionary.
10700 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
10703 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
10705 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
10706 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
10707 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
10708 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
10709 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
10710 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
10711 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
10712 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
10713 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
10715 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
10716 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
10719 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
10722 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
10723 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
10724 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
10725 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
10726 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
10727 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
10728 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
10729 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
10731 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
10733 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
10734 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
10735 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
10737 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
10738 Key map for ispell menu.")
10740 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
10741 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
10742 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
10743 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
10745 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
10747 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dir (if (boundp (quote ispell-library-directory)) ispell-library-directory)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) ((or (not dir) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat dir "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))))
10749 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
10751 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
10753 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
10755 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
10756 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
10757 The alist key must be a regular expression.
10758 Valid forms include:
10759 (KEY) - just skip the key.
10760 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
10761 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
10762 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
10764 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
10765 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
10766 First list is used raw.
10767 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
10769 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
10770 for skipping in latex mode.")
10772 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
10774 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
10775 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
10776 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
10777 in a window allowing you to choose one.
10779 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
10780 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
10781 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
10782 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
10783 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
10785 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
10786 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
10788 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
10790 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
10791 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
10794 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
10795 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
10796 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
10797 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
10798 quit spell session exited." t nil)
10800 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
10801 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
10802 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
10804 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
10805 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
10809 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
10810 SPC: Accept word this time.
10811 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
10812 `a': Accept word for this session.
10813 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
10814 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
10815 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
10816 `?': Show these commands.
10817 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
10818 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
10819 the aborted check to be completed later.
10820 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
10821 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
10822 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
10823 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
10824 `C-l': redraws screen
10825 `C-r': recursive edit
10826 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
10828 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
10829 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
10830 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
10832 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
10833 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
10834 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
10836 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
10838 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
10840 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
10841 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
10842 Return nil if spell session is quit,
10843 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
10845 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
10846 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
10848 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
10849 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
10851 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
10852 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
10854 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
10855 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
10856 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
10857 sequence inside of a word.
10859 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
10861 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
10862 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
10864 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
10865 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
10866 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10867 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10869 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10870 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10871 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10872 available on the net." t nil)
10874 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10875 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10876 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10878 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10879 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10881 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10882 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
10884 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10885 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10886 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10887 Don't check included messages.
10889 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10890 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10891 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10893 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10894 in your .emacs file:
10895 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10896 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10897 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10898 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10900 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10901 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10902 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
10906 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10907 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10908 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (15544 37705))
10909 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10911 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10912 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10913 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10914 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10915 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10916 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10918 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10919 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10920 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10921 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10923 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10925 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10926 Switch to another buffer.
10928 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10929 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10930 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10932 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10934 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10935 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10936 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10937 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10939 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10940 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10941 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10942 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10944 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10945 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10946 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10947 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10949 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10950 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
10951 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10953 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
10955 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10957 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10959 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10960 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10961 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10962 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10963 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
10967 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
10968 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
10969 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
10970 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15185 62673))
10971 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
10973 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
10975 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
10976 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
10977 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10978 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10979 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
10980 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
10981 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
10982 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
10984 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
10985 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
10986 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10987 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10989 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
10990 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
10991 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10992 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10993 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
10995 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
10996 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
10997 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10998 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
11000 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
11001 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
11002 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
11003 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
11005 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
11006 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
11008 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
11009 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
11010 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
11011 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
11012 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
11014 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
11015 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
11016 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
11017 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
11018 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
11020 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
11021 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11022 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
11026 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15361
11028 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
11030 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
11031 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
11032 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
11033 that needs to be (re)fontified.
11034 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
11038 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
11039 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15619 36052))
11040 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
11042 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
11043 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
11044 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11045 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11046 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
11048 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11050 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
11052 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
11053 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
11054 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
11055 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
11057 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
11058 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
11062 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
11063 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
11064 ;;;;;; (15638 55421))
11065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
11067 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
11068 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
11069 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11070 decimal key must be specified.")
11072 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11074 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-setup) (quote keypad))
11076 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
11077 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
11078 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11079 decimal key must be specified.")
11081 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-numlock-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11083 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-numlock-setup) (quote keypad))
11085 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
11086 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
11087 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11088 decimal key must be specified.")
11090 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11092 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-shifted-setup) (quote keypad))
11094 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
11095 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
11096 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
11097 decimal key must be specified.")
11099 (custom-add-to-group (quote keyboard) (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) (quote custom-variable))
11101 (custom-add-load (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) (quote keypad))
11103 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
11104 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
11105 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
11106 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
11107 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
11111 -------------------------------------------------------------
11112 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
11113 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
11114 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
11115 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
11116 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map.
11118 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
11119 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'" nil nil)
11123 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
11124 ;;;;;; (15185 62673))
11125 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
11127 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
11128 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
11129 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
11131 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
11132 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
11133 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
11134 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
11137 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
11138 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
11139 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
11143 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15185
11145 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
11147 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
11148 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
11149 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
11150 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
11151 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
11152 positions that contains the current selection.")
11154 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
11155 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
11156 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
11157 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
11158 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
11159 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
11160 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
11164 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-initialize kmacro-initialize) "kmacro"
11165 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (15646 7183))
11166 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
11168 (defvar kmacro-initialize nil "\
11169 Setting this variable turns on the kmacro functionality.
11170 This binds the kmacro function keys in the `global-map', so
11171 unsetting this variable does not have any effect!")
11173 (custom-add-to-group (quote kmacro) (quote kmacro-initialize) (quote custom-variable))
11175 (custom-add-load (quote kmacro-initialize) (quote kmacro))
11177 (autoload (quote kmacro-initialize) "kmacro" "\
11178 Setup key bindings for the keyboard macro package.
11179 If specified, use keys START-KEY, CALL-KEY, and CALL-MOUSE.
11180 Don't bind to any mouse event if CALL-MOUSE is t.
11181 Otherwise, use customized keys." nil nil)
11185 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
11186 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15185 62673))
11187 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
11189 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
11190 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
11191 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
11193 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
11197 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
11198 ;;;;;; (15354 48719))
11199 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
11201 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
11203 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
11204 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
11206 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
11208 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
11209 Start or resume an Lm game.
11210 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11211 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
11213 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
11214 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
11215 none / 1 | yes | no
11220 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
11221 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
11222 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
11226 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
11227 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
11228 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15377
11230 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
11232 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
11234 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
11235 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
11236 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
11237 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
11238 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
11239 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
11241 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
11242 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
11244 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
11245 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
11247 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
11249 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
11250 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
11251 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
11252 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
11255 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
11257 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
11261 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
11262 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15377 1423))
11263 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
11265 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
11266 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
11267 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
11268 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
11269 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
11270 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
11271 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
11272 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
11274 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
11275 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
11277 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11278 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
11280 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
11282 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
11284 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
11285 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
11286 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
11287 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
11288 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
11289 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
11290 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
11291 a Unicode font with which to display them." nil nil)
11293 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
11294 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
11295 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
11296 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
11298 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11299 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
11301 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote custom-variable))
11303 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) (quote latin1-disp))
11307 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
11308 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15510 21813))
11309 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
11311 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
11312 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
11313 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
11314 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
11316 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
11318 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
11319 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
11322 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
11324 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
11325 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
11326 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
11327 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
11328 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
11331 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
11332 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
11333 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
11334 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
11335 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
11337 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
11338 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
11339 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
11340 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
11341 slow to keep up with your typing.
11343 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
11344 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
11345 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
11346 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
11347 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
11348 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
11350 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
11351 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
11352 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
11353 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
11355 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
11356 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
11357 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
11358 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
11360 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
11361 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
11362 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
11363 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
11364 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
11366 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
11367 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
11371 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
11372 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
11373 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
11375 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
11376 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
11378 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
11379 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
11381 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
11382 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
11384 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
11385 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
11386 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
11387 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
11388 for later transmission to Lisp job.
11389 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
11390 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
11391 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
11392 and transmit saved text.
11394 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
11395 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
11397 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
11401 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15020 64776))
11402 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
11404 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
11405 Run Conway's Life simulation.
11406 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
11407 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
11408 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
11412 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14846
11414 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
11416 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
11417 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
11418 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
11419 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
11423 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
11424 ;;;;;; (15400 23926))
11425 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
11427 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
11428 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
11429 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
11431 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
11432 Run the locate command with a filter.
11434 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
11435 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
11439 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15326 11642))
11440 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
11442 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
11443 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
11444 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
11445 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
11446 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
11447 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
11448 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
11449 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
11450 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
11451 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
11452 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
11453 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
11454 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
11458 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15408
11460 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
11462 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
11463 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
11467 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
11468 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15595
11470 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
11472 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
11474 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
11476 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
11477 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
11478 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
11480 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
11481 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
11483 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
11484 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
11485 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
11486 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
11487 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
11488 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
11489 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
11491 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
11492 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
11493 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
11494 switch on this list.
11495 See `lpr-command'.")
11497 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
11498 *Name of program for printing a file.
11500 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
11501 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
11502 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
11503 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
11504 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
11505 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
11508 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
11509 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
11510 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11511 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11513 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
11514 Paginate and print buffer contents.
11516 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11517 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11518 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11519 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11521 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11522 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11524 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11525 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11527 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
11528 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
11529 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11530 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
11532 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
11533 Paginate and print the region contents.
11535 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
11536 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
11537 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
11538 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
11540 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
11541 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
11543 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
11544 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
11548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15407 18714))
11549 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
11551 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
11555 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15186
11557 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
11559 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
11560 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
11561 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11563 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
11567 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15186
11569 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
11571 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
11572 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
11578 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
11579 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15185 49574))
11580 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
11582 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11583 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
11584 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
11585 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
11586 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
11588 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
11589 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
11590 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
11591 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
11593 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
11594 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
11595 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
11596 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
11599 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
11600 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
11602 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
11603 Query user during kbd macro execution.
11604 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
11605 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
11606 each time the macro executes.
11607 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
11608 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
11609 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
11610 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
11611 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
11612 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
11613 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
11615 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
11616 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
11617 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
11619 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
11620 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
11621 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
11624 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
11625 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
11627 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
11628 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
11629 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
11630 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
11631 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
11633 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
11636 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
11637 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
11638 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
11640 You could enter the names in this format:
11646 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
11649 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
11652 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
11653 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
11655 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
11659 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
11660 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15658 46489))
11661 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
11663 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
11664 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
11665 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
11666 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
11668 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
11669 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
11670 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
11671 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
11672 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
11674 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
11675 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
11676 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
11677 consing a string.)" nil nil)
11679 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
11680 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
11684 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
11685 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
11686 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
11687 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
11689 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
11690 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
11692 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
11694 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
11695 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
11697 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
11698 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
11699 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
11702 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
11706 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
11707 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
11708 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15513
11710 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
11712 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
11713 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
11714 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
11715 often correct parser.")
11717 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
11719 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11720 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
11721 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11722 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11724 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
11725 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
11726 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11727 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
11729 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
11730 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
11731 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
11732 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
11734 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
11735 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
11736 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
11737 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
11738 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
11739 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
11743 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
11744 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15664 47249))
11745 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
11747 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
11748 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
11750 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
11751 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
11752 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
11754 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
11755 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
11756 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
11760 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
11761 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15303
11763 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
11765 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
11766 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
11767 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
11769 If `parens', they look like:
11770 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11771 If `angles', they look like:
11772 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
11774 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
11775 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
11776 If interactive, expand in header fields.
11777 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
11778 their `Resent-' variants.
11780 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
11781 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
11783 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
11784 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
11785 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
11787 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
11788 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
11789 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
11790 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
11792 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
11793 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
11794 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
11795 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
11799 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
11800 ;;;;;; (15365 19469))
11801 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
11803 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
11804 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
11805 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
11807 \\{makefile-mode-map}
11809 In the browser, use the following keys:
11811 \\{makefile-browser-map}
11813 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
11815 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
11816 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
11818 `makefile-target-colon':
11819 The string that gets appended to all target names
11820 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
11821 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
11823 `makefile-macro-assign':
11824 The string that gets appended to all macro names
11825 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
11826 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
11827 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
11828 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
11829 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
11831 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
11832 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
11833 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
11835 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
11836 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
11838 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
11839 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
11840 up or down in the browser.
11842 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
11843 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
11845 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
11846 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
11848 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
11849 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
11850 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
11851 has been selected in the browser.
11853 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
11854 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
11855 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
11856 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
11857 filenames are omitted.
11859 `makefile-cleanup-continuations-p':
11860 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
11861 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
11862 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
11863 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
11864 the backslash itself intact.
11865 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
11866 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
11868 `makefile-browser-hook':
11869 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
11870 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
11872 `makefile-special-targets-list':
11873 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
11874 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
11875 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
11879 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
11881 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
11883 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
11884 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
11885 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
11889 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15425 23120))
11890 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
11892 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
11894 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
11895 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
11896 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
11897 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
11898 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
11899 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
11900 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
11902 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
11903 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
11904 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
11905 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
11907 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
11908 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
11912 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15400 24164))
11913 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
11915 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
11916 Toggle Master mode.
11917 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
11918 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
11919 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
11921 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
11922 following commands:
11924 \\{master-mode-map}
11926 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
11927 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
11928 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'." t nil)
11932 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
11933 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
11934 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
11935 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
11936 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
11937 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
11938 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
11939 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
11940 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
11941 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15533 28774))
11942 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
11944 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
11945 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
11947 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
11949 If `parens', they look like:
11950 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11951 If `angles', they look like:
11952 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11954 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
11955 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
11957 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
11958 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
11960 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
11961 *Local news organization file.")
11963 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
11964 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11965 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
11966 variable `mail-header-separator'.
11968 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
11969 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
11970 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
11972 See also `send-mail-function'.")
11974 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
11975 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
11977 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
11978 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
11980 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
11981 *Function for citing an original message.
11982 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
11983 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
11984 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
11986 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
11987 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
11988 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
11989 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
11990 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
11992 (defvar message-signature t "\
11993 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
11994 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
11995 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
11996 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
11998 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
11999 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
12000 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
12001 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
12003 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12005 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
12006 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
12007 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
12008 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
12009 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
12010 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
12011 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
12012 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
12013 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
12014 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
12015 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
12016 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
12017 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
12018 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
12019 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
12020 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
12021 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
12022 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
12023 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
12024 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
12025 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
12026 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
12027 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
12028 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
12029 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
12031 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
12032 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12033 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
12035 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
12036 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
12038 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
12039 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
12041 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
12042 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
12044 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
12045 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
12046 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
12048 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
12049 Cancel an article you posted.
12050 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
12052 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
12053 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
12054 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
12055 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
12057 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
12058 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
12060 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
12061 Forward the current message via mail.
12062 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
12063 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
12065 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
12067 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
12069 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
12070 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil)
12072 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
12073 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
12075 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
12076 Re-mail the current message.
12077 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
12078 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
12081 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
12082 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
12084 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
12085 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
12087 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
12088 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
12090 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
12091 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
12093 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
12094 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
12095 Works by overstriking characters.
12096 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
12097 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
12099 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
12100 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
12101 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
12102 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
12106 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
12107 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
12108 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
12110 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
12111 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
12115 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
12116 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
12118 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
12119 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
12123 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
12124 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
12128 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
12129 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
12130 ;;;;;; (14861 58026))
12131 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
12133 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
12134 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
12135 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
12137 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
12138 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
12139 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
12140 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
12141 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
12142 redisplayed as output is inserted.
12143 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
12145 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
12146 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
12147 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
12148 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
12149 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
12151 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
12152 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
12154 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
12155 Process current region through 'metamail'.
12156 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
12157 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
12158 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
12160 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
12161 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
12165 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
12166 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15394 11401))
12167 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
12169 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
12170 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
12171 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12172 to the MH mail system.
12174 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
12176 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
12177 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
12178 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12179 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
12180 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
12181 that want to create a mail buffer.
12182 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
12184 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
12185 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
12186 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12187 to the MH mail system.
12189 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
12191 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
12192 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
12193 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
12194 using the MH mail handling system.
12195 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
12198 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
12200 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
12202 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
12203 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
12204 the yanked message.
12206 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
12207 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
12208 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
12209 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
12210 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
12212 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
12213 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
12214 inserted in a draft letter.
12216 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
12217 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
12219 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
12223 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15394
12225 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
12227 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
12228 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
12229 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
12230 to the MH mail system." t nil)
12232 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
12233 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
12237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15185 62673))
12238 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
12240 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
12241 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
12245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15400 24719))
12246 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
12248 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12250 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12252 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12254 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
12258 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
12259 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15185 62672))
12260 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
12262 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
12263 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
12264 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
12265 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
12266 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
12267 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
12268 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
12269 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
12270 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
12271 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
12272 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
12274 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
12275 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
12276 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
12277 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
12281 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
12282 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15381 46814))
12283 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
12285 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
12286 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
12287 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12288 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12289 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
12291 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12293 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
12295 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
12296 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
12297 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
12298 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
12299 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
12300 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
12301 default indication.
12303 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12304 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12308 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
12309 ;;;;;; (15185 54813))
12310 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
12312 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
12313 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
12314 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
12315 the entire message.
12316 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
12320 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
12321 ;;;;;; (15216 151))
12322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
12324 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
12325 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
12327 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
12328 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
12332 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
12333 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
12334 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
12336 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
12337 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
12338 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
12339 followed by the first character of the construct.
12341 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
12342 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
12343 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
12344 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
12345 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
12346 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
12347 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
12348 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
12349 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
12350 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
12351 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
12352 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
12353 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
12356 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
12357 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
12358 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
12362 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
12363 ;;;;;; (15186 44923))
12364 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
12366 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
12367 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
12369 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
12370 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
12374 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15656
12376 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
12378 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
12379 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
12380 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12381 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
12383 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
12385 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
12387 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
12389 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
12390 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
12391 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
12392 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
12393 Triple-clicking selects lines.
12394 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
12396 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
12397 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
12398 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
12399 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
12400 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
12402 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
12403 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
12405 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
12406 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
12408 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
12410 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
12411 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
12412 primary selection and region." t nil)
12416 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15572 18539))
12417 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
12419 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
12420 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
12424 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15577 29858))
12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
12427 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
12428 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
12429 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12430 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12431 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
12433 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12435 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
12437 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
12439 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12440 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
12441 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
12445 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
12446 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
12447 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
12448 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
12449 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
12450 ;;;;;; (15631 47997))
12451 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
12453 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
12454 Display a list of all character sets.
12456 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
12457 internal Emacs use.
12459 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
12460 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
12461 hexadecimal digits.
12462 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
12463 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
12465 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
12466 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
12467 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
12468 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
12470 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12471 but still shows the full information." t nil)
12473 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
12474 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
12475 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
12476 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
12477 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
12479 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
12480 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
12481 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
12482 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
12483 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
12485 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
12486 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
12487 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
12488 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
12489 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'." t nil)
12491 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
12492 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET." t nil)
12494 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12495 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
12497 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
12498 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
12500 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
12501 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
12503 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12504 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
12505 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
12506 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
12507 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
12508 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
12509 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12510 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
12511 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12512 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
12513 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12514 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
12515 `default-process-coding-system' for read
12516 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
12517 `default-process-coding-system' for write
12518 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
12520 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
12521 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
12523 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
12524 Display a list of all coding systems.
12525 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
12527 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
12528 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
12530 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
12531 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
12533 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
12534 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
12536 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
12537 Display information about FONTSET.
12538 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
12540 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
12541 Display a list of all fontsets.
12542 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
12543 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
12544 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
12546 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
12547 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
12549 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
12550 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
12552 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
12553 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
12554 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
12555 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
12559 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
12560 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
12561 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
12562 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
12563 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
12564 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
12565 ;;;;;; (15643 14444))
12566 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
12568 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
12569 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
12570 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
12572 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
12573 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
12575 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
12576 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
12578 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
12579 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
12581 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
12582 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
12583 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
12584 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
12585 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
12586 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
12587 buffer; see also `char-width'.
12589 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
12590 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
12591 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
12592 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
12593 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
12594 middle of a character in STR.
12596 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
12597 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
12599 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
12600 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
12601 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
12602 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
12603 defaults to \"...\"." nil nil)
12605 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
12607 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
12608 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
12610 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
12611 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
12612 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
12614 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
12615 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
12616 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
12618 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12619 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
12620 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
12622 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
12623 longer than KEYSEQ.
12624 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
12626 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
12627 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
12628 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
12629 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
12630 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
12631 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
12632 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
12633 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
12634 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
12635 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
12636 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
12638 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
12639 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
12641 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12642 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property." nil nil)
12644 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
12645 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property." nil nil)
12647 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
12648 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property." nil nil)
12650 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
12651 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property." nil nil)
12653 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
12654 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
12655 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
12656 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
12658 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
12659 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
12660 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
12661 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
12663 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
12664 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
12665 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
12666 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
12670 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
12671 ;;;;;; (15643 34694))
12672 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
12674 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
12675 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
12676 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12677 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12678 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
12680 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12682 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
12684 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
12685 Toggle mouse wheel support.
12686 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12687 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
12689 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
12690 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
12694 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
12695 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
12696 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
12697 ;;;;;; (15416 26762))
12698 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
12700 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
12701 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
12703 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
12705 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
12706 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
12708 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
12709 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
12711 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
12713 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
12714 Run netstat program." t nil)
12716 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
12717 Run the arp program." t nil)
12719 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
12720 Run the route program." t nil)
12722 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
12723 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
12725 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
12726 Run nslookup program." t nil)
12728 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
12729 Run dig program." t nil)
12731 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
12732 Run ftp program." t nil)
12734 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
12735 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
12737 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
12738 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
12739 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
12740 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
12742 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
12744 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
12745 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
12747 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
12748 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
12752 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
12753 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
12754 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
12755 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
12756 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (15631 29882))
12757 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
12759 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
12761 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
12763 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
12765 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
12767 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
12769 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
12770 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
12771 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
12772 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
12773 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
12774 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
12776 (defvar comment-start nil "\
12777 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
12779 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
12780 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
12781 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
12782 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
12784 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
12785 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
12787 (defvar comment-end "" "\
12788 *String to insert to end a new comment.
12789 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
12791 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
12792 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
12793 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
12794 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
12795 column indentation or nil.
12796 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
12798 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
12799 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
12800 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
12802 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
12803 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
12804 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
12805 of the corresponding number of spaces.
12807 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
12808 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
12810 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
12811 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
12812 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
12814 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil)
12816 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
12817 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
12819 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
12820 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
12821 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
12823 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
12824 Set the comment column based on point.
12825 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
12826 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
12827 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
12828 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
12830 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
12831 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
12832 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
12834 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12835 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
12836 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
12837 comment markers." t nil)
12839 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
12840 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
12841 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
12842 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
12843 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
12844 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
12845 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
12846 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
12848 The strings used as comment starts are built from
12849 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
12851 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
12852 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
12853 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
12854 is passed on to the respective function." t nil)
12856 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
12857 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
12858 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
12859 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
12860 case it calls `uncomment-region').
12861 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
12862 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
12863 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
12865 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
12866 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
12867 This indents the body of the continued comment
12868 under the previous comment line.
12870 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
12871 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
12872 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
12874 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
12875 or comment indentation.
12877 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
12878 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
12882 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15635
12884 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
12886 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
12887 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
12888 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
12889 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
12890 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
12891 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
12895 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
12896 ;;;;;; (15544 37709))
12897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
12899 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
12900 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
12901 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
12905 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
12906 ;;;;;; (14858 45538))
12907 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
12909 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
12910 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
12911 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
12915 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
12916 ;;;;;; (15538 21134))
12917 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
12919 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
12920 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
12924 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
12925 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15654 60777))
12926 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
12928 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
12929 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
12931 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12932 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
12934 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12935 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
12939 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
12940 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15515 40558))
12941 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
12943 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
12944 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
12945 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
12947 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
12949 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
12950 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
12951 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12952 to future sessions." t nil)
12954 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
12955 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
12956 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12957 to future sessions." t nil)
12961 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
12962 ;;;;;; (15293 32589))
12963 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
12965 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
12966 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
12968 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
12969 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
12970 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
12974 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
12975 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
12976 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
12978 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
12979 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
12980 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
12981 specified by `octave-help-files'.
12982 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
12986 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
12987 ;;;;;; (15186 56483))
12988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
12990 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
12991 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
12992 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
12994 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
12996 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
12997 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
12999 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
13000 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
13001 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
13003 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
13007 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
13008 ;;;;;; (15407 37706))
13009 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
13011 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
13012 Major mode for editing Octave code.
13014 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
13015 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
13016 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
13017 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
13019 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
13020 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
13021 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
13022 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
13023 is why you need this mode!).
13025 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
13026 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
13027 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
13029 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
13034 \\{octave-mode-map}
13036 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
13037 ==============================================
13040 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
13043 octave-auto-newline
13044 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
13047 octave-blink-matching-block
13048 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
13049 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
13051 octave-block-offset
13052 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
13055 octave-continuation-offset
13056 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
13059 octave-continuation-string
13060 String used for Octave continuation lines.
13061 Default is a backslash.
13063 octave-mode-startup-message
13064 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
13067 octave-send-echo-input
13068 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
13069 command to the inferior Octave process.
13071 octave-send-line-auto-forward
13072 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
13073 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
13075 octave-send-echo-input
13076 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
13078 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
13080 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
13081 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
13083 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
13084 (setq auto-mode-alist
13085 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
13087 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
13088 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
13090 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
13094 (if (eq window-system 'x)
13095 (font-lock-mode 1))))
13097 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
13098 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
13099 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
13100 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
13104 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
13105 ;;;;;; (15185 49574))
13106 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
13108 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
13109 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
13110 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
13112 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
13113 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
13114 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
13115 in which there are commands to set the option values.
13116 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
13118 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
13122 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
13123 ;;;;;; (15593 24727))
13124 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
13126 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
13127 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
13128 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
13129 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
13131 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
13132 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
13133 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
13134 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
13136 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
13137 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
13138 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
13139 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
13140 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
13141 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
13143 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
13144 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
13146 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
13147 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
13148 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
13149 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
13150 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
13151 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
13152 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
13153 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
13154 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
13155 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
13156 The subheadings remain visible.
13157 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
13159 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
13160 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
13161 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
13163 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
13164 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
13166 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
13167 Toggle Outline minor mode.
13168 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13169 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
13173 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15501 5682))
13174 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
13176 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
13177 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
13178 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13179 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13180 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
13182 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13184 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
13186 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
13187 Toggle Show Paren mode.
13188 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13189 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
13191 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
13192 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
13196 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15465
13198 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
13200 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
13201 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
13202 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13204 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
13205 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
13207 Other useful functions are:
13209 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
13210 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
13211 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
13212 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
13213 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
13214 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
13215 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
13216 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
13217 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
13219 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
13221 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
13222 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
13223 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
13224 Indentation for case statements.
13225 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
13226 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
13228 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
13229 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
13230 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
13231 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
13232 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13233 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
13234 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
13235 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
13236 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
13237 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
13239 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
13240 pascal-separator-keywords.
13242 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
13243 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13247 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
13248 ;;;;;; (15214 27238))
13249 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
13251 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
13252 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
13253 The keys affected are:
13254 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
13255 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
13256 M-Backspace does undo.
13257 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
13258 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
13259 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
13263 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
13264 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15510 21814))
13265 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
13267 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
13268 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
13269 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13270 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13271 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
13273 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13275 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
13277 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
13278 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
13280 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
13282 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
13283 which modify the status of the mark.
13285 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
13286 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
13288 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
13289 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
13291 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
13292 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
13293 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
13294 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
13295 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
13297 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
13298 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
13300 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
13301 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
13302 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
13304 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
13305 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
13306 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
13308 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
13309 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
13311 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
13312 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
13313 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
13315 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
13316 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
13317 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
13323 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
13324 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
13325 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
13327 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
13328 Toggle PC Selection mode.
13329 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
13330 and cursor movement commands.
13331 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
13332 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
13334 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13336 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
13340 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15644
13342 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
13344 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
13345 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
13349 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
13350 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15185 62672))
13351 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
13353 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13354 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
13356 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13357 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
13359 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13360 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
13362 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
13363 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
13365 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13369 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
13370 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15185 62672))
13371 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
13373 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13374 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
13376 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13377 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
13379 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
13380 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
13384 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15185
13386 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
13388 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
13389 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
13390 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
13391 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
13392 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
13393 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
13397 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
13398 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
13399 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15185 62672))
13400 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
13402 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13403 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
13405 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
13407 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13408 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
13410 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13411 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
13413 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13414 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
13416 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
13418 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13419 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
13421 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13422 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
13424 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
13425 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
13429 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
13430 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
13431 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15500
13433 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
13435 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
13436 Support extensible programmable completion.
13437 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
13438 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
13440 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
13441 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
13443 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
13444 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13445 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13447 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
13448 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
13450 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
13451 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
13452 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
13454 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
13455 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
13457 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
13458 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
13460 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13461 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
13462 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
13463 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
13464 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
13466 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
13467 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
13471 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
13472 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
13473 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15639 46384))
13474 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
13476 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
13477 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
13478 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
13479 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13481 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
13483 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
13484 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
13485 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
13486 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13487 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13488 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
13489 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
13491 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
13492 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
13493 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
13494 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13495 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13496 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13497 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13498 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13500 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
13501 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13502 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13503 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13504 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13505 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
13507 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
13508 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
13509 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
13510 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
13511 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
13512 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
13513 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
13515 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
13517 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
13518 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
13519 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
13521 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
13522 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
13523 nil means never do it.
13524 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
13525 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
13526 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
13528 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
13529 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
13530 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
13534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15646 4115))
13535 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
13537 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
13541 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
13542 ;;;;;; (15437 4642))
13543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
13545 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
13546 Major mode for editing Perl code.
13547 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
13548 Tab indents for Perl code.
13549 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
13550 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13551 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13553 Variables controlling indentation style:
13554 `perl-tab-always-indent'
13555 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
13556 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13557 `perl-tab-to-comment'
13558 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
13559 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
13560 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
13562 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
13563 `perl-indent-level'
13564 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
13565 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13566 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13567 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
13568 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13569 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13570 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
13571 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13572 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
13573 `perl-brace-offset'
13574 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13575 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
13576 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13577 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13578 `perl-label-offset'
13579 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
13580 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
13581 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
13583 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
13584 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
13585 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
13586 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
13587 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
13588 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
13589 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
13591 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
13595 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
13596 ;;;;;; (15648 2314))
13597 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
13599 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
13600 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
13601 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
13602 afterwards settable by these commands:
13603 C-c < Move left after insertion.
13604 C-c > Move right after insertion.
13605 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
13606 C-c . Move down after insertion.
13607 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
13608 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
13609 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
13610 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
13611 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
13612 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
13613 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
13614 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
13615 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
13616 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
13617 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
13618 with these commands:
13619 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
13620 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
13621 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
13622 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
13623 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
13624 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
13625 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
13626 Return Move to beginning of next line.
13627 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
13628 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
13629 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
13630 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
13631 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
13632 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
13633 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
13634 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
13635 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
13636 You can manipulate text with these commands:
13637 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
13638 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
13639 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
13640 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
13641 text is saved in the kill ring.
13642 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
13643 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
13644 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
13645 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
13646 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
13647 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
13648 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
13649 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
13650 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
13651 commands if invoked soon enough.
13652 You can return to the previous mode with:
13653 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
13654 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
13656 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
13658 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
13659 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
13661 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
13665 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
13666 ;;;;;; (15507 32977))
13667 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
13669 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
13670 Return a Mule (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file charset.
13671 Called through file-coding-system-alist, before the file is visited for real." nil nil)
13675 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15457 7212))
13676 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
13678 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
13679 Play pong and waste time.
13680 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
13681 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
13683 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
13685 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
13689 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
13690 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15467 59919))
13691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
13693 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
13694 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
13695 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
13696 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible." nil nil)
13698 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
13699 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
13700 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
13701 can handle, whenever this is possible.
13702 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
13704 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
13705 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
13706 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
13707 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
13708 in the variable `values'." t nil)
13710 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
13711 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
13712 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
13713 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
13717 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
13718 ;;;;;; (15609 17209))
13719 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
13721 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
13722 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
13723 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
13725 \\{prolog-mode-map}
13726 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
13727 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
13729 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
13730 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
13734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 24982))
13735 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
13737 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
13738 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
13739 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
13743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15490 41428))
13744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
13745 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
13749 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
13750 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
13751 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
13752 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15631 17763))
13753 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
13755 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
13756 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
13760 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
13761 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
13762 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
13763 changed by setting the variable
13764 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
13765 The initial value of this variable is
13766 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
13769 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
13770 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
13771 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
13772 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
13773 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
13774 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
13777 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
13778 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
13779 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
13780 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
13781 source file. BDF fonts are included in
13782 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
13783 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
13784 use this value, be sure to have installed
13785 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
13786 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
13787 documentation of this variable).
13789 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
13790 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
13791 characters. This is convenient when you want or
13792 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
13793 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
13794 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
13796 Any other value is treated as nil.")
13798 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
13799 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
13800 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
13802 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13804 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
13805 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
13807 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
13809 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13813 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13815 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13816 the sequence." nil nil)
13818 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
13819 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
13821 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
13824 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
13828 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
13830 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
13831 the sequence." nil nil)
13833 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
13834 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
13836 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
13837 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
13838 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
13840 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
13841 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
13843 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
13844 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
13845 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
13847 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
13851 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
13852 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
13853 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
13854 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
13855 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
13856 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15564 39433))
13857 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
13859 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
13860 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
13861 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
13862 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
13864 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
13865 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
13867 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13868 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13870 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13871 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
13872 sending it to the printer.
13874 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13875 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13876 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13878 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13879 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
13880 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13881 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13882 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13884 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
13885 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13886 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
13888 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13889 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
13890 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13891 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13892 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13894 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13895 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13896 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
13897 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
13899 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13901 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13902 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13903 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13904 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13905 so it has a way to determine color values.
13907 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13909 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
13910 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13911 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
13913 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13915 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13916 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13917 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13918 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13919 so it has a way to determine color values.
13921 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13923 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
13924 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
13926 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13927 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
13928 instead of sending it to the printer.
13930 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13931 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13932 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13934 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
13935 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
13936 current ps-print setup.
13937 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
13938 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
13940 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13941 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
13942 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13944 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
13945 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
13946 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13948 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
13949 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
13951 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
13952 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13954 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
13955 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13957 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13958 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13960 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
13962 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
13964 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
13965 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13967 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
13968 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13970 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13971 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13973 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
13975 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
13977 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
13979 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
13980 foreground and background colors respectively.
13982 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
13983 bold - use bold font.
13984 italic - use italic font.
13985 underline - put a line under text.
13986 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
13987 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
13988 shadow - text will have a shadow.
13989 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
13990 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
13992 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
13996 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
13997 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
13998 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
13999 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
14000 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15631 47919))
14001 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
14003 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
14004 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
14006 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
14007 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
14008 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
14010 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
14011 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
14013 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
14014 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
14015 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
14016 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
14017 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
14018 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
14019 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
14021 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
14022 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
14023 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
14024 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
14025 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
14027 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
14029 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
14030 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
14031 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
14032 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
14033 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
14034 list of candidates.
14036 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
14037 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
14038 command to be called.
14040 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
14041 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
14042 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
14043 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
14045 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
14046 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
14047 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
14048 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
14049 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
14052 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
14053 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
14054 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
14055 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
14057 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
14058 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
14059 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
14060 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
14062 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
14063 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
14064 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
14065 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
14066 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
14067 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
14069 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
14070 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
14071 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
14072 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
14073 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
14074 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
14076 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
14077 covers Quail translation region.
14079 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
14080 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
14081 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
14082 for it) is inserted.
14084 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
14085 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
14086 vs. corresponding command to be called.
14088 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
14089 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
14090 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
14092 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
14093 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
14095 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
14096 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
14097 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
14098 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
14099 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
14101 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
14102 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
14104 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
14105 keyboard type." t nil)
14107 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
14108 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
14109 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
14110 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
14111 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
14112 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
14113 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
14114 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
14115 for the translation.
14116 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
14118 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
14119 it is used to handle KEY.
14121 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
14122 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
14123 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
14124 the following annotation types are supported.
14126 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
14127 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
14129 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
14132 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
14133 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
14134 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
14137 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
14138 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
14140 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
14141 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
14143 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
14144 which to install MAP.
14146 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
14148 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
14149 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
14151 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
14152 which to install MAP.
14154 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
14156 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
14157 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
14158 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
14159 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
14160 a function, or a cons.
14161 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
14162 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
14163 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
14164 for the translation.
14165 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
14166 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
14167 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
14168 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
14169 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
14171 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
14172 it is used to handle KEY.
14174 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
14175 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
14176 current Quail package.
14178 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
14179 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
14181 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
14182 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
14184 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
14185 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
14187 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
14189 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
14190 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
14192 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
14193 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
14194 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
14195 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
14196 of the Emacs source tree.
14198 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
14199 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
14201 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
14202 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
14203 of each directory." t nil)
14207 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
14208 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
14209 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15186
14211 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
14213 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
14214 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
14215 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
14216 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
14218 To make use of this do something like:
14220 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
14222 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
14224 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
14225 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
14227 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
14228 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
14229 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
14231 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
14232 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
14234 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
14235 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
14237 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
14238 is decided." t nil)
14240 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
14241 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
14243 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
14244 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
14245 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
14247 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
14248 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
14250 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
14251 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
14253 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
14254 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
14256 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
14258 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
14260 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
14261 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
14265 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15425
14267 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
14269 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
14270 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
14271 See \\[compile]." t nil)
14275 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
14276 ;;;;;; (15357 4420))
14277 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
14279 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
14280 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
14284 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
14285 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
14286 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15565 44318))
14287 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
14289 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
14290 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
14292 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
14293 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
14295 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
14296 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
14298 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
14299 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
14300 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
14301 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
14302 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
14304 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
14305 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
14307 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
14308 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
14309 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14310 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14311 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
14313 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14315 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
14317 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
14318 Toggle recentf mode.
14319 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14320 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14322 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
14323 were operated on recently." t nil)
14327 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
14328 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
14329 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
14330 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15643
14332 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
14334 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
14335 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
14336 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
14337 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
14339 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
14340 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
14341 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
14342 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
14345 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14346 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
14347 to be deleted." t nil)
14349 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14350 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14351 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
14353 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14354 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14357 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
14358 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
14359 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
14361 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
14362 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
14364 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14365 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
14367 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
14370 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
14371 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
14373 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14374 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
14375 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
14376 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
14377 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
14378 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
14379 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
14381 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
14382 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14384 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
14385 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
14387 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14388 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
14389 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
14391 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
14393 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
14394 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
14395 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
14396 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
14397 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
14399 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14400 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
14402 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
14403 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
14404 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
14406 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
14408 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
14410 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
14411 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
14413 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14414 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
14415 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
14417 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
14418 Blank out the region-rectangle.
14419 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
14421 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
14422 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
14423 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
14427 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15396
14429 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
14431 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
14432 Toggle Refill minor mode.
14433 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
14435 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
14436 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
14437 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
14441 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
14442 ;;;;;; (15186 39912))
14443 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
14445 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
14446 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
14448 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
14449 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
14451 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
14452 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
14454 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
14455 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
14456 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
14459 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
14460 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
14461 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
14463 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
14464 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
14465 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
14467 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
14468 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
14470 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
14471 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
14473 \\{reftex-mode-map}
14474 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
14477 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
14481 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
14482 ;;;;;; (15649 48516))
14483 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
14485 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
14486 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
14487 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
14488 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
14489 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
14490 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
14492 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
14494 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
14496 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
14497 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
14498 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
14499 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
14501 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
14502 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
14503 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
14504 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
14508 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
14509 ;;;;;; (15369 62712))
14510 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
14512 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
14513 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
14514 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
14516 To insert new phrases, use
14517 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
14518 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
14520 To index phrases use one of:
14522 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
14523 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
14524 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
14525 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
14526 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
14528 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
14529 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
14531 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
14533 Here are all local bindings.
14535 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
14539 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
14540 ;;;;;; (15631 43946))
14541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
14543 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
14544 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
14545 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
14546 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
14547 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
14548 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
14550 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
14551 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
14553 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
14554 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
14556 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
14557 Return the depth of REGEXP.
14558 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
14559 in REGEXP." nil nil)
14563 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15182 61046))
14564 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
14566 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
14567 Repeat most recently executed command.
14568 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
14569 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
14570 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
14572 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
14573 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
14574 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
14578 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
14579 ;;;;;; (15356 45077))
14580 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
14582 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
14583 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
14585 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
14586 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
14587 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
14588 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
14589 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
14590 and point is left after the salutation.
14592 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
14593 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
14594 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
14595 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
14596 left after that text.
14598 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
14601 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
14602 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
14603 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
14604 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
14608 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
14609 ;;;;;; (15363 54485))
14610 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
14612 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
14613 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
14614 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
14615 visibility of comments that precede it.
14616 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
14617 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
14618 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
14619 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
14620 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
14621 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
14622 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
14623 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
14625 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
14626 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
14627 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
14628 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
14629 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
14630 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
14634 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
14636 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
14638 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
14639 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
14643 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
14644 ;;;;;; (15593 24724))
14645 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
14647 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14648 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
14649 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14651 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14652 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14653 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14655 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
14656 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
14657 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14659 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
14661 (custom-add-to-group (quote global-reveal) (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14663 (custom-add-load (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote reveal))
14665 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
14666 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
14667 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
14669 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
14670 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
14671 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off." t nil)
14675 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties
14676 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow"
14677 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15577 18154))
14678 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
14680 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\
14681 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14682 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active.
14683 If emacs is not running under a window system,
14684 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
14686 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
14687 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
14688 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
14689 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
14690 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
14692 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\
14693 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled.
14694 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14695 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14696 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.")
14698 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14700 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
14702 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
14703 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode.
14704 When active, any part of the filename being read in the minibuffer
14705 that would be ignored because the result is passed through
14706 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in
14707 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
14708 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
14710 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14711 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
14715 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
14716 ;;;;;; (14632 7438))
14717 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
14719 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
14720 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
14722 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
14723 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
14727 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15507 55753))
14728 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
14729 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14731 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
14732 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
14733 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
14734 other arguments for `rlogin'.
14736 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
14738 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
14739 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
14740 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
14741 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
14743 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
14744 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
14746 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
14747 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
14749 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
14750 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
14753 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
14754 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
14755 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
14756 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
14757 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
14759 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
14760 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
14761 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
14762 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
14764 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
14765 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
14770 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
14771 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
14772 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
14773 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
14774 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
14775 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
14776 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15649 48472))
14777 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
14779 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
14780 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
14781 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
14782 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
14784 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
14785 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
14786 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
14787 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
14788 value is the user's email address and name.)
14789 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
14791 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
14792 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
14793 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
14794 which normally happens once for each message,
14795 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
14796 To make a change in this variable take effect
14797 for a message that you have already viewed,
14798 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
14800 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
14801 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
14802 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
14803 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
14805 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
14806 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
14808 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
14809 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
14810 A value of nil means don't highlight.
14811 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
14813 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
14814 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
14816 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
14817 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
14819 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
14820 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
14821 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
14822 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
14823 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
14825 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
14826 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
14828 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
14829 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
14831 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
14832 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
14834 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
14835 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
14837 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
14838 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
14840 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
14841 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
14843 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
14844 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
14846 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
14847 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
14849 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
14850 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
14851 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
14852 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
14854 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
14855 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
14857 This is set to nil by default.")
14859 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
14860 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
14861 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
14862 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
14863 until a user explicitly requires it.")
14865 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
14866 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
14867 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14868 It is called with no argument.")
14870 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
14871 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
14872 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
14873 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
14874 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14875 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14876 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14878 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
14879 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
14880 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14881 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
14882 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
14883 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
14885 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
14886 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
14887 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14888 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
14889 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
14891 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
14892 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
14893 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
14894 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
14895 MSG is the message number,
14896 REGEXP is the regular expression,
14897 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
14899 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
14900 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
14901 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
14902 this feature is required with `require'.")
14904 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
14905 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
14906 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
14907 the message is decoded as normal way.
14909 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
14910 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
14911 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
14913 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
14914 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
14915 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
14917 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
14918 Read and edit incoming mail.
14919 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
14920 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
14921 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
14923 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
14924 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
14925 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
14926 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
14928 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
14930 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
14931 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
14932 All normal editing commands are turned off.
14933 Instead, these commands are available:
14935 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
14936 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
14937 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
14938 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
14939 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
14940 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
14941 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
14942 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
14943 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
14944 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
14945 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
14946 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
14947 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
14948 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
14949 till a deleted message is found.
14950 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
14951 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
14952 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
14953 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
14954 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
14955 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
14956 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
14957 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
14958 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
14959 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
14960 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
14961 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
14962 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
14963 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
14964 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
14965 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
14966 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
14967 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
14968 (label defaults to last one specified).
14969 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
14970 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
14971 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
14972 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
14973 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
14974 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
14975 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
14976 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
14977 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
14979 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
14980 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
14982 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
14983 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
14987 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
14988 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
14989 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
14991 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
14992 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
14996 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
14997 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
14998 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15185 49575))
14999 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
15001 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
15002 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
15003 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
15005 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
15006 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
15007 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
15009 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
15011 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
15012 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
15013 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
15014 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
15015 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
15017 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
15018 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
15019 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
15020 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
15021 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
15025 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
15026 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
15027 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
15029 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
15030 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
15031 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
15032 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
15036 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
15037 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
15038 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15575 18328))
15039 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
15041 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
15042 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
15043 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
15044 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
15045 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
15046 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
15047 a file name as a string.")
15049 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
15050 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
15051 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
15052 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
15053 buffer visiting that file.
15054 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
15055 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
15057 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
15058 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
15060 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
15061 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
15063 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
15064 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
15066 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
15067 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
15069 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
15070 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
15071 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
15072 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
15073 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
15075 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
15076 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
15077 will be appended with their original headers.
15079 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
15080 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
15082 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
15083 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
15085 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
15087 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
15088 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
15089 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
15093 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
15094 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
15095 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15185
15097 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
15099 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
15100 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
15101 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15103 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
15104 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
15105 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15107 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
15108 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
15109 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15111 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
15112 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
15113 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15115 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
15116 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
15117 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15119 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
15120 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
15121 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
15123 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
15124 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
15125 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
15126 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
15130 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
15131 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
15132 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
15133 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
15134 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15649 48498))
15135 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
15137 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
15138 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
15140 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
15141 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
15143 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
15144 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
15146 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
15147 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
15148 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
15150 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
15151 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
15152 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
15153 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
15154 only look in the To and From fields.
15155 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
15157 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
15158 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
15159 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
15160 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
15161 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
15163 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
15164 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
15165 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
15166 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
15167 look in the whole message.
15168 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
15170 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
15171 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
15172 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
15174 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
15175 *Function to decode summary-line.
15177 By default, `identity' is set.")
15179 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
15180 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
15181 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
15182 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
15183 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
15184 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
15185 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
15187 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
15188 sent by you under different user names.
15189 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
15191 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
15195 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
15196 ;;;;;; (15185 49575))
15197 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
15199 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
15200 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
15201 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
15202 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
15206 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
15207 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15601 18543))
15208 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
15210 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
15211 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string." nil nil)
15213 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
15214 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING." nil nil)
15216 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
15217 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer." t nil)
15219 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
15220 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
15221 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
15223 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
15224 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
15227 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
15229 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
15230 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
15234 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
15235 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
15236 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
15237 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
15238 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
15239 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
15241 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
15242 *This variable is obsolete.")
15244 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15246 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
15248 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
15249 *This variable is obsolete.")
15251 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
15252 *This variable is obsolete.")
15254 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
15255 *This variable is obsolete.")
15257 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
15258 *This variable is obsolete.")
15260 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
15261 *This variable is obsolete.")
15263 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
15264 This function is obsolete." t nil)
15268 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15583
15270 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
15272 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
15273 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0." t nil)
15277 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15288
15279 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
15281 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
15282 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
15283 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
15284 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
15286 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
15287 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
15288 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
15290 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
15294 matches string STRING literally.
15297 matches character CHAR literally.
15300 matches any character except a newline.
15303 matches any character
15306 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
15307 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
15313 matches any character not in SET
15316 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
15317 in the text being matched
15320 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
15323 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
15324 string being matched against.
15327 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
15328 string being matched against.
15331 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
15332 buffer being matched against.
15335 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
15336 buffer being matched against.
15339 matches the empty string, but only at point.
15342 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15346 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
15349 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
15352 `(not word-boundary)'
15353 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
15357 matches 0 through 9.
15360 matches ASCII control characters.
15363 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
15366 matches space and tab only.
15369 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
15373 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
15377 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15378 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15381 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15382 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
15385 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
15388 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
15391 matches anything lower-case.
15394 matches anything upper-case.
15397 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
15398 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
15401 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
15404 matches anything that has word syntax.
15407 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
15408 of the following symbols.
15410 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
15411 `punctuation' (\\s.)
15414 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
15415 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
15416 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
15417 `string-quote' (\\s\")
15418 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
15420 `character-quote' (\\s/)
15421 `comment-start' (\\s<)
15422 `comment-end' (\\s>)
15424 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
15425 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
15427 `(category CATEGORY)'
15428 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
15429 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
15431 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
15432 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
15433 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
15434 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
15438 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
15439 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
15440 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
15441 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
15442 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
15443 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
15444 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
15445 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
15446 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
15447 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
15448 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
15449 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
15450 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
15459 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
15463 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
15465 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
15470 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
15471 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
15473 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15474 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
15476 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15477 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
15478 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
15480 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15481 another name for `submatch'.
15483 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
15484 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
15485 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
15486 regular expression.
15488 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
15489 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
15490 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
15491 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
15492 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
15494 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
15495 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
15497 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
15498 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15501 like `zero-or-more'.
15504 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15507 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15509 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
15510 matches one or more occurrences of A.
15513 like `one-or-more'.
15516 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15519 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15521 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
15522 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
15525 like `zero-or-one'.
15528 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
15531 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
15534 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15536 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
15537 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
15540 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
15544 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
15548 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
15549 ;;;;;; (15650 57012))
15550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
15552 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
15553 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
15554 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15556 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
15557 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
15558 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
15559 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
15560 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
15561 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
15562 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
15563 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
15566 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15567 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15568 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15569 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
15570 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
15572 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
15573 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
15574 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
15577 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15578 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
15579 \\{scheme-mode-map}
15580 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
15581 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
15582 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
15586 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
15587 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
15588 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
15590 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
15591 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
15592 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
15594 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
15598 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15394
15600 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
15602 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
15603 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
15604 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
15605 \\{scribe-mode-map}
15607 Interesting variables:
15609 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
15610 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
15612 `scribe-electric-quote'
15613 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
15615 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
15616 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
15617 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
15621 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
15622 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15559 7260))
15623 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
15625 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
15626 Control/track scroll locking.
15628 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15629 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
15631 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15633 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
15635 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
15636 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
15640 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
15641 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
15642 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
15643 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
15644 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
15645 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (15593 24726))
15646 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
15648 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
15649 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
15651 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
15653 If `parens', they look like:
15654 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
15655 If `angles', they look like:
15656 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
15657 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
15658 derived from the envelope-from address.
15660 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
15661 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
15662 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
15663 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
15665 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
15666 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
15667 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
15668 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
15670 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
15671 is a privileged operation.")
15673 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
15674 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
15675 This is done when the message is initialized,
15676 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
15678 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
15679 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
15680 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
15682 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
15683 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
15685 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
15686 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
15687 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
15688 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
15689 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
15690 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
15691 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
15693 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
15694 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
15696 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
15697 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
15698 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
15700 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
15701 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
15702 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
15703 when you first send mail.")
15705 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
15706 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
15707 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
15708 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
15709 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
15711 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
15712 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
15713 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
15714 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
15715 This file need not actually exist.")
15717 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
15718 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
15719 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
15720 If a string, that string is inserted.
15721 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
15722 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
15723 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
15724 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
15726 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
15727 *Directory for mail buffers.
15728 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
15729 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
15731 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
15732 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
15733 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
15734 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
15735 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
15736 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
15737 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
15738 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
15739 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
15740 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
15741 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
15742 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
15743 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
15744 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
15745 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
15747 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
15748 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15749 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15750 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
15751 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
15752 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15754 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
15755 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
15756 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
15758 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
15759 User should not set this variable manually,
15760 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
15761 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
15762 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
15763 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
15765 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
15766 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
15767 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
15768 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
15770 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
15771 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
15774 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
15776 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
15777 to move to message header fields:
15780 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
15781 when the message is initialized.
15783 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
15784 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
15786 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
15789 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
15790 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
15792 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
15793 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
15795 The second through fifth arguments,
15796 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
15797 the initial contents of those header fields.
15798 These arguments should not have final newlines.
15799 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
15800 original message being replied to, or else an action
15801 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
15802 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
15803 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
15804 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
15805 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
15806 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
15808 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
15809 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
15811 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
15812 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
15816 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15391 29182))
15817 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
15819 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
15820 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
15821 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
15822 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
15823 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
15824 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
15826 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
15830 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
15831 ;;;;;; (15664 47250))
15832 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
15834 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15835 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
15837 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
15840 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
15841 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
15842 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
15844 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
15845 your `.emacs' file.
15847 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
15849 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15850 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
15851 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
15853 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
15854 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
15855 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
15856 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
15857 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
15858 which this is based.
15860 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
15862 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
15863 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
15864 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
15865 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
15867 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
15868 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
15869 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
15871 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
15872 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
15873 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
15874 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
15876 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
15877 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
15878 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
15879 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
15881 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
15883 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
15884 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
15885 To work around that, do:
15886 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
15888 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
15892 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
15893 ;;;;;; (15631 17816))
15894 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
15896 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
15898 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
15899 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
15900 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
15901 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
15902 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
15903 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
15905 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
15906 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
15907 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
15908 shell-specific features.
15910 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
15911 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
15912 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
15914 \\[sh-case] case statement
15915 \\[sh-for] for loop
15916 \\[sh-function] function definition
15917 \\[sh-if] if statement
15918 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
15919 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
15920 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
15921 \\[sh-select] select loop
15922 \\[sh-until] until loop
15923 \\[sh-while] while loop
15925 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
15926 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
15927 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
15928 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
15929 would indent to the way it currently is.
15930 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
15931 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
15934 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
15935 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
15936 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
15937 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
15938 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
15939 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
15941 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
15943 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
15945 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
15946 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
15947 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
15949 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
15950 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
15952 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
15956 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
15957 ;;;;;; (15524 61380))
15958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
15960 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
15961 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
15963 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
15964 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
15965 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
15966 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
15969 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
15971 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
15973 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
15974 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
15975 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
15977 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
15978 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
15980 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
15981 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
15982 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
15983 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
15984 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
15985 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
15986 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
15989 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
15990 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
15991 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
15992 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
15993 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
15995 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
15996 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
15997 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
16001 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
16002 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15509
16004 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
16006 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
16007 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
16008 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
16009 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
16010 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
16011 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
16012 in the cluster." t nil)
16014 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
16015 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
16016 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
16017 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
16018 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
16020 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
16021 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
16022 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
16023 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
16024 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
16025 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
16026 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
16028 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
16029 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
16033 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
16034 ;;;;;; (15650 57182))
16035 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
16037 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
16038 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
16039 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
16040 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
16041 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
16044 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
16045 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
16046 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
16047 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
16048 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
16049 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
16050 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
16051 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
16052 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
16053 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
16054 discards input when it starts up.)
16055 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
16056 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
16057 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
16059 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16060 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16061 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16062 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
16063 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16064 `default-process-coding-system'.
16066 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
16067 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
16068 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
16069 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
16071 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16072 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
16076 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15394
16078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
16080 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
16081 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
16082 \\{simula-mode-map}
16083 Variables controlling indentation style:
16084 simula-tab-always-indent
16085 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
16086 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16087 simula-indent-level
16088 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
16089 simula-substatement-offset
16090 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
16091 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
16092 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
16093 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
16094 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
16095 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
16096 simula-label-offset -4711
16097 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
16098 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
16099 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
16100 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
16101 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
16102 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
16103 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
16104 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
16105 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
16106 simula-electric-indent nil
16107 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
16108 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
16109 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
16110 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
16111 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
16112 or nil if they should not be changed.
16113 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
16114 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
16115 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
16116 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
16118 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
16119 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
16121 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
16122 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
16127 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
16128 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
16129 ;;;;;; (15585 17811))
16130 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
16132 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
16133 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
16135 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
16136 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
16137 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
16138 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
16139 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
16141 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
16142 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
16143 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
16144 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
16145 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
16146 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
16147 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
16149 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
16150 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
16153 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
16154 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
16155 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
16156 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
16157 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
16158 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
16159 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
16161 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
16162 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
16165 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
16166 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
16168 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
16169 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
16170 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
16171 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
16173 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
16174 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
16175 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
16176 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
16178 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
16179 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
16180 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
16182 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
16183 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
16185 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
16186 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
16188 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
16189 _ interesting point, interregion here
16190 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
16191 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
16192 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
16193 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
16194 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
16195 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
16198 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
16199 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
16201 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
16202 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
16203 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
16204 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
16205 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
16206 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
16207 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
16208 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
16210 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
16211 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
16212 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
16213 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
16214 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
16217 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
16218 then: insert previously read string once more
16219 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
16220 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
16221 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
16223 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
16224 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
16226 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
16227 Insert the character you type ARG times.
16229 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
16230 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
16231 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
16232 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
16233 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
16236 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
16237 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
16238 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
16242 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15347
16244 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
16246 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
16247 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
16248 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
16252 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
16253 ;;;;;; (14902 55791))
16254 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
16256 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
16257 Display textual smileys as images.
16258 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
16259 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
16260 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
16264 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
16265 ;;;;;; (15583 13479))
16266 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
16268 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
16272 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15540 36607))
16273 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
16275 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
16276 Play the Snake game.
16277 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
16279 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
16281 Snake mode keybindings:
16283 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
16284 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
16285 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16286 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
16287 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
16288 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
16289 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down" t nil)
16293 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
16294 ;;;;;; (15491 16844))
16295 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
16297 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
16298 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
16299 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
16300 Tab indents for C code.
16301 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
16302 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16304 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
16305 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
16307 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
16308 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
16309 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
16310 Tab indents for C code.
16311 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
16312 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16314 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
16315 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
16319 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
16320 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
16321 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15533 28773))
16322 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
16324 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
16325 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
16327 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
16328 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
16329 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
16331 For example, the form
16333 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
16334 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
16336 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
16338 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
16339 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
16341 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16342 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
16343 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
16346 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16348 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
16349 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
16351 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
16352 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
16353 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
16356 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16358 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
16359 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
16360 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
16363 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
16365 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
16366 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
16367 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
16369 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
16370 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
16372 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
16374 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
16375 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
16376 Requires floating point." nil nil)
16380 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15544
16382 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
16384 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
16387 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
16388 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
16389 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
16390 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
16391 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
16392 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
16393 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
16394 check after each move or undo)
16398 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
16399 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
16400 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
16419 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
16420 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
16421 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
16422 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
16424 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
16425 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
16426 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
16429 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
16430 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
16432 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
16448 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
16450 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
16454 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
16455 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
16456 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15544 37707))
16457 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
16459 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
16460 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
16461 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
16463 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
16464 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
16465 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
16466 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
16469 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
16470 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
16471 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16474 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
16475 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
16477 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
16478 It moves point to the start of the next record.
16479 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
16480 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
16483 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
16484 It should move point to the end of the record.
16486 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
16487 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
16488 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
16489 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
16490 starts at the beginning of the record.
16492 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
16493 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
16494 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
16496 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
16497 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16498 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16499 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16500 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16501 the sort order." t nil)
16503 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
16504 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16505 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16506 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16507 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16508 the sort order." t nil)
16510 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
16511 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
16512 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16513 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
16514 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16515 the sort order." t nil)
16517 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
16518 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
16519 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16520 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
16521 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
16522 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
16523 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16524 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16525 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
16527 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
16528 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
16529 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
16530 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
16531 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
16532 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
16533 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16534 the sort order." t nil)
16536 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
16537 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
16538 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
16539 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
16540 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
16541 is to be used for sorting.
16542 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
16543 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
16544 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
16545 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
16546 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
16548 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
16550 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16553 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
16554 starting with the letter \"f\",
16555 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
16557 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
16558 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
16559 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
16560 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
16561 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
16562 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
16563 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
16566 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
16567 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
16568 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
16569 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
16570 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
16572 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
16573 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
16574 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
16578 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
16579 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15660 558))
16580 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
16582 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
16584 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
16585 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
16586 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
16587 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
16588 supported at a time.
16589 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
16590 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
16592 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
16593 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
16594 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
16595 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
16599 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
16600 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15185 49575))
16601 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
16603 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
16605 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
16606 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
16607 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
16608 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
16609 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
16610 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
16612 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
16613 Check spelling of word at or before point.
16614 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
16615 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
16617 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
16618 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
16619 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
16620 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
16621 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
16623 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
16624 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
16628 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14816
16630 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
16632 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
16633 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
16635 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
16636 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
16640 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
16641 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
16642 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15430 11109))
16643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
16645 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
16646 Show short help for the SQL modes.
16648 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
16649 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
16651 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
16653 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
16654 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
16656 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
16658 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
16659 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
16660 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
16661 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
16662 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
16663 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
16664 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
16666 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
16668 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
16669 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
16670 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
16671 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
16673 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
16674 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
16675 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
16676 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
16678 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
16679 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
16680 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
16682 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
16683 Major mode to edit SQL.
16685 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
16686 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
16687 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
16690 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
16692 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
16693 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
16694 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
16695 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
16696 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
16697 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
16699 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
16700 `sql-interactive-mode'.
16702 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
16703 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
16704 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
16706 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
16708 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))" t nil)
16710 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
16711 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
16713 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16714 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16717 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
16718 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16719 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
16720 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
16722 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16723 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16725 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16726 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16727 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16728 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16729 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16730 `default-process-coding-system'.
16732 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16734 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
16735 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
16737 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16738 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16741 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
16742 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
16743 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16744 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
16746 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16747 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16749 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16750 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16751 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16752 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16753 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16754 `default-process-coding-system'.
16756 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16758 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
16759 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
16761 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16762 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16765 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
16766 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16768 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16769 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16771 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16772 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16773 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16774 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16775 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16776 `default-process-coding-system'.
16778 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16780 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
16781 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
16783 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
16785 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16786 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16789 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
16790 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
16791 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
16792 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
16794 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16795 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16797 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16798 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16799 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16800 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16801 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16802 `default-process-coding-system'.
16804 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16806 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
16807 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
16809 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16810 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16813 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
16814 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
16817 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16818 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16820 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16821 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16822 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16823 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16824 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16825 `default-process-coding-system'.
16827 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16829 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
16830 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
16832 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16833 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16836 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
16837 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
16839 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16840 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16842 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16843 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16844 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16845 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16846 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16847 `default-process-coding-system'.
16849 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16851 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
16852 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
16854 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16855 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16858 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
16859 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
16860 as defaults, if set.
16862 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16863 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16865 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16866 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16867 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16868 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16869 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16870 `default-process-coding-system'.
16872 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16874 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
16875 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
16877 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16878 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16881 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
16882 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
16883 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
16884 `sql-postgres-options'.
16886 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16887 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16889 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16890 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16891 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16892 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16893 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16894 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
16895 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
16896 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
16898 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
16899 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
16901 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16903 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
16904 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
16906 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16907 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16910 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
16911 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
16914 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16915 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16917 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16918 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16919 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16920 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16921 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16922 `default-process-coding-system'.
16924 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16926 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
16927 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
16929 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
16930 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
16933 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
16936 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
16937 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
16939 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
16940 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
16941 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
16942 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
16944 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16945 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16946 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16947 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16948 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16949 `default-process-coding-system'.
16951 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16955 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
16956 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
16957 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
16958 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
16959 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15664
16961 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
16963 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
16964 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
16965 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
16966 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
16967 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
16968 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
16970 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
16971 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16972 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16973 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
16974 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
16975 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
16976 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16978 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16979 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16980 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16981 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
16982 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
16983 then complete the stroke with button 3.
16984 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16986 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
16987 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16988 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16990 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16991 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
16992 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16994 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
16995 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
16997 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
16998 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
17000 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
17001 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
17003 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
17004 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
17005 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
17006 chronologically by command name.
17007 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
17009 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
17010 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
17011 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17012 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17013 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
17015 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17017 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
17019 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
17020 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
17021 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
17022 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
17023 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
17024 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
17025 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
17027 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
17028 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
17029 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
17030 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
17032 \\{strokes-mode-map}" t nil)
17034 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
17035 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
17036 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
17037 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
17039 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
17040 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
17044 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
17045 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15365 61265))
17046 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
17048 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
17049 Studlify-case the region." t nil)
17051 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
17052 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument." t nil)
17054 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
17055 Studlify-case the current buffer." t nil)
17059 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
17060 ;;;;;; (15498 37604))
17061 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
17063 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
17064 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
17065 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
17066 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
17067 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
17068 original message but it does require a few things:
17070 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
17072 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
17075 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
17076 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
17079 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
17081 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
17083 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
17084 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
17085 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
17089 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15569
17091 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
17093 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
17094 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
17095 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
17096 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
17098 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
17099 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
17100 avoid a more expansive scan.
17101 Point is at POS when this function returns." nil nil)
17105 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
17106 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
17108 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
17109 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
17110 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
17111 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
17112 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
17114 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
17115 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
17116 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
17117 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
17118 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
17119 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
17120 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
17124 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15569 44240))
17125 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
17127 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
17128 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
17132 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15590 49016))
17133 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
17135 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
17136 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
17137 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
17138 Letters no longer insert themselves.
17139 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
17140 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
17141 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
17143 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
17144 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
17145 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
17146 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
17148 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
17149 \\{tar-mode-map}" t nil)
17153 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
17154 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15533 28779))
17155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
17157 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
17158 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
17159 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
17160 Tab indents for Tcl code.
17161 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
17162 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
17164 Variables controlling indentation style:
17166 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
17167 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
17168 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
17170 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
17171 documentation for details):
17172 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
17173 Controls action of TAB key.
17175 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
17176 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
17177 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
17178 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
17179 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
17181 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
17182 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
17183 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
17187 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
17189 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
17190 Run inferior Tcl process.
17191 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
17192 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
17194 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
17195 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
17196 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
17200 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15430 11124))
17201 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
17202 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
17204 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
17205 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
17206 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
17207 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
17208 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
17209 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
17210 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
17211 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
17213 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
17214 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
17215 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
17216 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
17220 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15549
17222 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
17224 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
17225 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
17226 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
17227 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
17228 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
17229 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
17231 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
17232 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
17234 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
17235 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
17239 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15490
17241 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
17243 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
17244 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
17245 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
17246 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
17247 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
17248 program as keyboard input.
17250 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
17251 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
17252 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
17253 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
17255 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
17256 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
17257 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
17258 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
17259 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
17261 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
17263 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
17264 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
17265 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
17266 terminal-redisplay-interval.
17268 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
17269 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
17270 subprocess started." t nil)
17274 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15540 36638))
17275 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
17277 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
17278 Play the Tetris game.
17279 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
17280 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
17281 as to form complete rows.
17283 tetris-mode keybindings:
17284 \\<tetris-mode-map>
17285 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
17286 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
17287 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
17288 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
17289 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
17290 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
17291 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
17292 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
17298 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
17299 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
17300 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17301 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
17302 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
17303 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
17304 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
17305 ;;;;;; (15648 46017))
17306 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
17308 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
17309 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
17311 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
17312 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
17313 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
17314 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
17315 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
17317 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
17318 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
17319 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
17320 if it matches the first line of the file,
17321 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
17323 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
17324 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
17325 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
17326 if the variable is non-nil.")
17328 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
17329 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
17331 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
17332 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
17333 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17334 See the documentation of that variable.")
17336 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
17337 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
17338 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17339 See the documentation of that variable.")
17341 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
17342 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
17343 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
17344 See the documentation of that variable.")
17346 (defvar tex-start-options nil "\
17347 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
17348 These precede the commands in `tex-start-options'
17349 and the input file name. If nil, TeX runs with no options.
17350 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
17352 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
17353 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
17354 These precede the input file name. If nil, no commands are used.
17355 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
17357 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
17358 *User defined LaTeX block names.
17359 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
17361 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
17362 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
17363 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17364 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
17366 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
17367 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17368 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17369 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
17371 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
17372 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
17373 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17374 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
17376 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
17377 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
17380 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17381 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
17383 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
17386 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
17387 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
17388 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
17389 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
17391 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
17392 window system being used. For example,
17394 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
17395 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
17397 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
17400 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
17401 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
17402 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
17404 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
17405 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
17406 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
17407 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
17408 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
17410 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
17411 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17413 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
17414 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17416 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17417 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
17418 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
17419 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
17420 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
17421 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
17422 says which mode to use." t nil)
17424 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
17426 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
17428 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
17430 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17431 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
17432 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17433 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17434 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17436 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
17437 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
17438 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17439 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17440 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17441 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17442 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17444 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17445 mismatched $'s or braces.
17448 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
17452 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17454 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
17455 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17456 tex-dvi-print-command
17457 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17458 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17459 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17460 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17461 tex-dvi-view-command
17462 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17463 tex-show-queue-command
17464 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17465 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17467 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17468 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
17469 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17471 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17472 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
17473 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17474 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17475 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17477 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17478 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17479 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17480 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17481 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17482 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17483 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17485 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17486 mismatched $'s or braces.
17493 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17495 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
17496 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17497 tex-dvi-print-command
17498 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17499 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17500 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17501 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17502 tex-dvi-view-command
17503 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17504 tex-show-queue-command
17505 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17506 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17508 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
17509 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
17510 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17512 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
17513 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
17514 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
17515 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
17516 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
17518 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
17519 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
17520 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
17521 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
17522 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
17523 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
17524 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
17526 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
17527 mismatched $'s or braces.
17530 \\{slitex-mode-map}
17534 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17536 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
17537 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
17538 tex-dvi-print-command
17539 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
17540 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
17541 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
17542 argument) to print a .dvi file.
17543 tex-dvi-view-command
17544 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
17545 tex-show-queue-command
17546 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
17547 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
17549 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
17550 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
17551 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
17552 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
17554 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
17558 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
17559 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15498 37611))
17560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
17562 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
17563 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
17564 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17565 name specified in the @setfilename command.
17567 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
17568 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
17569 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
17571 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
17572 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
17573 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
17574 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
17575 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
17577 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
17578 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
17579 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
17580 names specified in the @setfilename command.
17582 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
17583 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
17584 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
17585 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
17587 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
17588 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
17592 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
17593 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15656 41252))
17594 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
17596 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
17597 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
17599 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
17600 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
17602 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
17603 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
17605 It has these extra commands:
17606 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
17608 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
17609 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
17610 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
17611 modified version of TeX input format.
17613 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
17614 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
17615 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
17616 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
17618 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
17619 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
17620 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
17621 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
17622 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
17623 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
17624 in the Texinfo file.
17626 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
17627 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
17628 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
17629 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
17630 move forward past the closing brace.
17632 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
17633 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
17635 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
17636 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
17637 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
17639 Here are the functions:
17641 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
17642 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
17643 texinfo-sequential-node-update
17645 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
17646 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
17647 texinfo-master-menu
17649 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
17651 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
17652 which menu descriptions are indented.
17654 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
17655 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
17658 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
17659 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
17660 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
17661 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
17663 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
17664 be the first node in the file.
17666 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
17667 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
17671 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
17672 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
17673 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15382 18841))
17674 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
17676 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
17677 Compose Thai characters in the region.
17678 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17679 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
17681 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
17682 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
17684 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
17685 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
17687 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
17689 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
17690 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
17691 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
17692 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
17695 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
17699 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
17700 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
17701 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15185 49574))
17702 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
17704 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
17705 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
17707 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17708 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
17709 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17710 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17711 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17713 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17714 a symbol as a valid THING.
17716 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
17717 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
17719 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
17720 Return the THING at point.
17721 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
17722 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
17723 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
17725 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
17726 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
17728 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17730 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17732 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17734 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
17738 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
17739 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
17740 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
17741 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
17742 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
17743 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (15576 41093))
17744 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
17746 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
17747 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
17748 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
17750 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
17751 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
17753 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
17754 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
17755 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
17757 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17758 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
17760 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17761 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
17763 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
17764 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
17765 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
17766 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." t nil)
17768 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
17769 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
17770 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
17771 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences." nil nil)
17773 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17775 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17776 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
17777 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
17779 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
17780 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
17781 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
17783 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17785 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17787 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
17791 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
17792 ;;;;;; (15489 14486))
17793 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
17795 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
17796 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
17797 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17798 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17800 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17802 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
17803 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
17804 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
17805 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
17807 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
17811 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
17812 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15567 16402))
17813 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
17815 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
17816 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
17818 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
17819 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17820 This display updates automatically every minute.
17821 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17822 are displayed as well.
17823 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17825 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
17826 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
17827 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17829 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
17831 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17833 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
17835 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
17836 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
17837 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
17839 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
17840 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
17841 are displayed as well.
17842 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
17846 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
17847 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
17848 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
17849 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
17850 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
17852 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17853 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value." nil nil)
17855 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
17856 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value." nil nil)
17858 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
17859 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2." nil nil)
17861 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
17862 Convert DAYS into a time value." nil nil)
17864 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
17865 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
17866 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string." nil nil)
17868 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
17870 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
17871 Subtract two time values.
17872 Return the difference in the format of a time value." nil nil)
17874 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
17875 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference." nil nil)
17877 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
17878 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
17879 DATE should be a date-time string." nil nil)
17881 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
17882 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
17883 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings." nil nil)
17885 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
17886 Return t if YEAR is a leap year." nil nil)
17888 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
17889 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year." nil nil)
17891 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
17892 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
17893 TIME should be a time value.
17894 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary." nil nil)
17896 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
17897 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
17898 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros." nil nil)
17902 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
17903 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15590 49016))
17904 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
17906 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
17907 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
17908 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
17909 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
17910 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
17911 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
17912 look like one of the following:
17915 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
17916 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
17917 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
17918 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
17919 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
17920 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
17923 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
17924 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
17925 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17929 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
17930 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
17931 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
17932 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
17933 ;;;;;; (15664 47249))
17934 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
17936 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
17937 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
17938 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
17939 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
17940 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
17941 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
17942 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
17943 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
17945 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
17946 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17947 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
17948 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
17949 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
17950 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
17951 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
17952 this function is called within a day.
17954 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
17955 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
17956 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
17957 discover the name of the project." t nil)
17959 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
17960 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
17961 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
17962 begun during the last time segment.
17964 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
17965 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
17966 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
17967 discover the reason." t nil)
17969 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
17970 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
17972 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
17973 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
17974 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
17975 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
17976 project you were working on." t nil)
17978 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
17979 Ask the user before clocking out.
17980 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
17982 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
17983 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
17984 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
17986 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
17987 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
17988 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
17989 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
17990 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
17991 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
17993 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
17994 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
17995 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
17996 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
17998 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
17999 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
18000 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
18001 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
18002 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
18003 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
18004 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
18005 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
18010 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
18011 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
18012 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15664 47248))
18013 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
18015 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
18017 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
18018 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
18020 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
18021 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
18023 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
18024 Perform an action at time TIME.
18025 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
18026 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
18027 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
18028 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
18029 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
18030 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
18032 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
18034 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
18035 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
18036 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
18037 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
18038 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
18040 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
18042 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
18043 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
18044 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
18045 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
18047 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
18048 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
18049 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
18050 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
18052 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
18053 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
18055 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
18056 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18058 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
18059 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
18060 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
18061 The call should look like:
18062 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
18063 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
18064 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
18065 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
18066 be detected." nil (quote macro))
18070 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
18071 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15538 21134))
18072 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
18074 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
18075 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
18076 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
18077 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
18079 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
18080 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
18081 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
18082 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
18083 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
18084 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
18085 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
18089 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
18090 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15556 56039))
18091 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
18092 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
18093 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
18094 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
18096 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
18097 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
18098 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
18099 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
18100 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
18102 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
18103 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
18104 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
18105 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
18106 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
18108 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
18109 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
18110 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
18111 in the menu in two ways:
18112 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
18113 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
18114 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
18116 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
18117 keymap or an alist of alists.
18118 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
18119 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
18123 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
18124 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
18125 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 46974))
18126 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
18128 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
18129 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
18131 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
18132 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
18134 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
18135 Insert new TODO list entry.
18136 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
18139 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
18140 List top priorities for each category.
18142 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
18143 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
18145 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
18146 between each category." t nil)
18148 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
18149 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
18150 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
18151 between each category.
18153 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
18155 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
18156 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
18158 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
18160 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
18161 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
18163 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
18164 Show TODO list." t nil)
18168 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
18169 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
18170 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15634 19114))
18171 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
18173 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
18174 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
18175 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18176 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18177 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
18179 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18181 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
18183 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
18184 Toggle use of the tool bar.
18185 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
18187 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
18188 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
18190 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
18192 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
18193 Add an item to the tool bar.
18194 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
18195 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
18196 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
18197 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
18199 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
18200 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
18201 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
18203 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
18204 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
18206 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
18207 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
18208 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
18209 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
18210 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
18211 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
18213 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
18214 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
18215 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'." nil nil)
18217 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
18218 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
18219 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
18220 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
18221 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
18222 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
18223 properties to add to the binding.
18225 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
18227 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
18228 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'." nil nil)
18230 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
18231 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
18232 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
18233 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
18234 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
18235 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
18236 properties to add to the binding.
18238 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap." nil nil)
18242 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
18243 ;;;;;; (15641 32975))
18244 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
18246 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
18247 Mode for tooltip display.
18248 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
18250 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
18251 Toggle tooltip-mode.
18252 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18253 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
18255 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18257 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
18261 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15651
18263 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
18265 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
18267 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
18269 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
18270 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
18274 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
18275 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15186 56483))
18276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
18278 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
18279 Set scroll margins." t nil)
18281 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
18282 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
18284 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
18285 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
18289 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15293 32313))
18290 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
18292 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
18293 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
18294 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
18295 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
18296 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
18300 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
18301 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14582 7181))
18302 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
18304 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
18305 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
18307 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
18308 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
18309 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
18310 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
18311 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
18312 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
18313 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
18314 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
18316 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
18317 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
18318 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
18319 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
18320 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
18321 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
18322 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
18326 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-regexp)
18327 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (15664 47249))
18328 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
18330 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
18331 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
18332 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
18333 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
18335 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
18336 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
18337 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
18338 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
18340 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if (featurep (quote xemacs)) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) "\
18341 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
18342 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
18343 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
18344 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
18345 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
18346 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
18347 files which are not really tramp files.
18349 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
18350 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
18351 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
18352 updated after changing this variable.
18354 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure' and `tramp-make-tramp-file-format'.")
18356 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
18357 Invoke tramp file name handler.
18358 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." nil nil)
18360 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
18364 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
18365 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15304 37383))
18366 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
18367 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
18368 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
18369 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
18371 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
18372 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
18373 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
18374 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
18375 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
18376 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
18377 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
18379 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
18380 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
18381 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
18382 accepting the proposed default buffer.
18384 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
18386 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
18387 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
18388 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
18389 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
18390 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
18391 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
18392 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
18394 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
18395 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
18397 First column's text sSs Second column's text
18400 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
18402 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
18406 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
18407 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
18408 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
18409 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14890 29229))
18410 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
18412 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
18413 Toggle typing break mode.
18414 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
18415 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18416 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
18418 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18420 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
18422 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
18423 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
18425 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
18426 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
18428 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
18429 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
18430 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
18432 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
18433 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
18435 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
18436 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
18437 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
18439 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
18440 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
18441 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
18442 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
18443 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
18444 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
18446 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
18447 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
18448 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
18449 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
18451 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
18452 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
18454 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
18455 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
18457 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
18458 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
18459 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
18461 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
18462 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
18463 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
18464 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
18465 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
18466 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
18467 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
18469 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
18470 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
18472 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
18473 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
18474 reset the keystroke counter.
18476 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
18477 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
18478 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
18479 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
18481 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
18482 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
18483 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
18484 `type-break-schedule' command.
18486 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
18487 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
18488 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
18489 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
18490 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
18491 or not to continue.
18493 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
18494 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
18495 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
18496 approximate good values for this.
18498 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
18499 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
18501 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
18502 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
18503 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
18504 `type-break-warning-repeat'
18505 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
18506 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
18508 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
18509 a typing break occur. They include:
18511 `type-break-query-mode'
18512 `type-break-query-function'
18513 `type-break-query-interval'
18515 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
18517 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
18518 Take a typing break.
18520 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
18521 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
18523 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
18524 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
18526 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
18527 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
18528 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
18529 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
18531 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
18532 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
18534 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
18535 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
18536 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
18537 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
18538 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
18539 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
18540 average typing speed.)
18542 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
18543 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
18544 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
18545 the computed maximum threshold.
18547 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
18548 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
18549 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
18550 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
18551 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
18555 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
18556 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15185 49575))
18557 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
18559 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
18560 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
18561 Works by overstriking underscores.
18562 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18563 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18565 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
18566 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
18567 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18568 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
18572 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
18573 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14471 54769))
18574 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
18576 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18577 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
18578 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
18580 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
18581 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
18582 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
18583 following the containing message." t nil)
18587 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
18588 ;;;;;; (15214 26446))
18589 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
18591 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18592 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
18593 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
18594 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
18595 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
18596 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
18598 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
18599 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
18603 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
18604 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
18605 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
18607 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
18608 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
18609 This function has a choice of three things to do:
18610 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
18611 to refrain from editing the file
18612 return t (grab the lock on the file)
18613 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
18614 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
18615 in any way you like." nil nil)
18617 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
18618 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
18619 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
18620 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
18621 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
18623 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
18624 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
18628 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
18629 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15185 54813))
18630 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
18632 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
18633 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
18634 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
18635 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
18637 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
18638 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
18639 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
18643 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
18644 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
18645 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
18646 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers
18647 ;;;;;; vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action
18648 ;;;;;; vc-do-command edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook
18649 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15496 13874))
18650 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
18652 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
18653 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
18656 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
18657 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
18660 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
18661 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
18664 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
18665 Return the branch part of a revision number REV." nil nil)
18667 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
18668 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
18669 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
18670 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
18671 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
18672 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
18674 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
18675 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
18676 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
18677 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
18678 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
18680 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
18681 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
18682 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
18683 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
18684 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
18685 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
18686 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
18687 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
18688 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
18689 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
18690 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
18692 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
18693 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
18695 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
18696 it will operate on the file in the current line.
18698 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
18699 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
18700 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
18701 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
18702 lock steals will raise an error.
18704 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
18706 For RCS and SCCS files:
18707 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18709 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
18710 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
18711 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
18712 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
18713 it performs a revert.
18714 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
18715 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
18716 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
18717 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
18718 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
18719 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
18720 the option to steal the lock.
18723 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
18724 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
18725 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
18726 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
18727 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
18728 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
18729 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
18730 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
18731 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
18733 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
18734 Register the current file into a version control system.
18735 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
18736 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
18738 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
18739 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
18740 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
18741 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
18742 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
18743 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
18745 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
18746 Display diffs between file versions.
18747 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
18748 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
18749 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
18750 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
18751 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
18752 saving the buffer." t nil)
18754 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
18755 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
18756 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
18757 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil)
18759 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
18760 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
18761 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
18762 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
18764 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
18765 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
18766 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
18767 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
18768 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
18769 from the current branch.
18771 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
18773 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
18774 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
18775 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
18777 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
18778 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
18780 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
18782 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
18783 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
18785 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
18786 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
18787 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
18788 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
18789 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
18790 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
18792 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
18793 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
18794 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
18795 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
18796 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
18797 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
18799 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
18800 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
18802 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
18803 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
18804 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
18805 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
18806 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
18808 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
18809 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
18810 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
18811 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
18812 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
18813 the current branch are merged into the working file." t nil)
18815 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
18816 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
18817 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
18819 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
18820 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
18821 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
18822 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
18823 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
18824 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
18825 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
18827 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
18828 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
18829 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
18830 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
18831 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
18832 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
18833 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
18834 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
18835 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
18837 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
18838 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
18840 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
18841 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
18842 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
18845 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
18847 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
18848 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
18849 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
18851 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
18852 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
18854 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
18855 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
18857 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
18858 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
18859 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
18860 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
18861 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
18862 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18864 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
18865 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
18866 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
18867 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
18868 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
18869 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
18870 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
18871 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
18873 Customization variables:
18875 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
18876 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
18877 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
18878 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
18882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15651 2475))
18883 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
18884 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
18885 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
18886 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
18888 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
18892 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
18893 ;;;;;; (15510 21813))
18894 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
18896 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
18897 *Where to look for RCS master files.
18898 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18900 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
18904 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
18905 ;;;;;; (15510 21813))
18906 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
18908 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
18909 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
18910 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
18912 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
18914 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
18915 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
18916 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
18917 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
18921 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
18922 ;;;;;; (15440 59334))
18923 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
18925 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
18926 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
18931 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
18932 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
18933 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
18934 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
18935 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
18936 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
18937 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
18938 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
18939 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
18940 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
18941 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18942 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
18943 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
18944 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
18945 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
18946 The following abbreviations can also be used:
18947 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
18948 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
18949 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
18951 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
18952 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
18953 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
18955 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
18956 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
18957 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
18958 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
18959 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
18960 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
18961 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
18962 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
18963 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
18965 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
18966 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
18967 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
18968 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
18969 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
18970 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
18971 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
18972 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
18974 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
18975 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
18976 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
18979 `--' puts a single comment.
18980 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
18981 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
18982 comment in between.
18983 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
18985 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
18986 uncomments a region if already commented out.
18988 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
18989 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
18990 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
18991 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
18992 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
18993 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
18994 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
18995 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
18996 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
18997 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
18998 multi-line comments.
19000 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
19001 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
19002 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
19003 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
19004 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
19005 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
19006 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
19007 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
19008 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
19010 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
19011 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
19012 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
19013 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
19014 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
19015 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
19016 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
19017 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
19018 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
19019 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
19021 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
19022 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
19023 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
19024 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
19025 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
19026 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
19027 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
19028 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
19029 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
19030 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
19031 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
19032 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
19033 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
19035 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
19037 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
19040 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
19042 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
19043 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
19044 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
19045 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
19046 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
19048 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
19049 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
19050 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
19051 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
19052 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
19053 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
19054 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
19055 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
19056 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
19058 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
19059 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
19060 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
19061 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
19064 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
19065 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
19066 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
19067 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
19068 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
19069 the current directory for VHDL source files.
19071 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
19072 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
19073 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
19074 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
19075 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
19076 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
19077 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
19078 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
19079 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
19080 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
19081 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
19083 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
19084 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
19087 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
19088 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
19089 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
19090 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
19091 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
19092 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
19093 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
19094 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
19096 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
19097 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
19098 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
19099 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
19100 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
19101 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
19103 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
19104 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
19105 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
19106 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
19107 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
19109 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
19110 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
19111 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
19112 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
19113 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
19115 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
19116 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
19117 highlighted if written in lower case.
19119 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
19120 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
19123 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
19124 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
19125 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
19127 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
19128 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
19129 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
19131 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
19132 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
19133 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
19135 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
19136 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
19137 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
19138 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
19139 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
19140 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
19141 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
19143 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
19144 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
19145 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
19146 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
19147 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
19149 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
19150 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
19151 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
19152 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19155 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
19161 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
19162 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
19164 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
19166 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
19167 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
19168 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
19169 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
19171 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
19172 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
19173 version and release notes can be found.
19176 Bugs and Limitations:
19177 ---------------------
19179 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
19180 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
19181 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
19182 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
19183 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
19184 does not work under XEmacs.
19187 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
19188 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
19193 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
19197 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15186 53885))
19198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
19200 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
19201 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
19202 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
19203 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
19205 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
19206 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
19207 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
19208 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
19209 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
19211 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
19212 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
19214 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
19216 * Limitations and unsupported features
19217 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
19219 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
19220 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
19223 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
19224 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
19225 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
19226 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
19227 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
19228 for undoing a repeated change command.
19229 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
19230 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
19231 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
19234 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
19235 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
19236 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
19237 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
19238 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
19239 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
19240 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
19241 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
19243 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
19247 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
19248 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
19249 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
19250 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15565 44318))
19251 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
19253 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
19254 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
19256 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
19257 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
19258 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
19259 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
19261 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
19262 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
19264 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
19265 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
19266 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
19267 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
19269 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
19270 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
19272 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
19274 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
19278 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
19279 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
19280 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15623
19282 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
19284 (defvar view-mode nil "\
19285 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
19286 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
19287 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
19289 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
19291 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
19292 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
19293 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19294 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19295 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19296 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19297 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19299 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19301 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
19302 View FILE in View mode in another window.
19303 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
19304 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19305 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19306 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19307 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19308 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19310 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19312 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
19313 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
19314 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
19315 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19316 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19317 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19318 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19319 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19321 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19323 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
19324 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
19325 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19326 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19327 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19328 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19329 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19331 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19333 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19334 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19335 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19337 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
19338 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
19339 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
19340 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19341 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19342 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19343 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19344 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19346 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19348 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19349 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19350 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19352 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
19353 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
19354 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
19355 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
19356 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
19357 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
19358 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
19359 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19361 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
19363 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
19364 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
19365 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
19367 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
19368 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
19369 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
19371 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
19372 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
19373 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
19376 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
19377 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
19378 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
19379 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
19380 commands default to a repeat count of one.
19382 H, h, ? This message.
19383 Digits provide prefix arguments.
19384 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
19385 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
19386 > move to the end of buffer.
19387 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
19388 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
19389 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
19390 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
19391 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
19392 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
19393 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
19394 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
19395 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
19396 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
19397 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
19398 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
19399 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
19400 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
19401 Use this to view a changing file.
19402 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
19403 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
19404 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
19406 x exchanges point and mark.
19407 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
19408 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
19409 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
19410 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
19411 ' go to position saved in character register.
19412 s do forward incremental search.
19413 r do reverse incremental search.
19414 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
19415 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
19416 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
19417 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
19418 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
19419 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
19420 p searches backward for last regular expression.
19421 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
19422 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
19423 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
19424 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
19425 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
19426 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
19427 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
19428 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
19430 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
19431 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
19432 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
19433 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
19434 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
19435 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
19436 will return to that buffer.
19438 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
19440 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
19441 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
19442 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
19443 `view-return-to-alist'.
19444 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
19445 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
19446 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
19448 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
19449 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
19450 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
19451 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
19452 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
19454 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
19455 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
19456 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
19457 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
19459 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
19461 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
19463 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
19464 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
19468 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15186 56483))
19469 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
19471 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
19472 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
19476 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
19477 ;;;;;; (15564 59462))
19478 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
19480 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
19481 Toggle Viper on/off.
19482 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
19484 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
19485 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
19489 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15381 44879))
19490 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
19492 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
19493 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
19495 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
19498 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
19499 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
19503 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
19504 ;;;;;; (15356 16861))
19505 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
19507 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
19509 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
19510 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
19511 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19512 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19513 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
19515 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19517 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
19519 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
19520 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
19521 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
19522 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
19524 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
19525 and off otherwise." t nil)
19529 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
19530 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
19531 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
19532 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
19533 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
19534 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15384 59073))
19535 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
19537 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
19538 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
19540 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
19541 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
19543 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
19544 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
19546 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
19547 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
19549 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
19550 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
19552 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
19553 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
19555 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19556 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19557 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
19558 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19559 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19561 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
19563 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
19564 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
19566 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
19567 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
19569 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
19570 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
19572 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
19573 whitespace problems." t nil)
19575 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
19576 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
19578 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
19579 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
19581 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19582 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
19585 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19587 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
19589 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
19590 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
19591 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
19593 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
19594 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
19596 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
19597 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
19598 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
19600 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
19601 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
19603 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
19604 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
19606 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
19607 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
19608 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
19609 replaced with TABS).
19610 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
19611 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
19613 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
19615 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
19616 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
19618 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
19619 i - Indentation whitespace.
19620 l - Leading whitespace.
19621 s - Space followed by Tab.
19622 t - Trailing whitespace.
19624 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
19627 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
19628 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
19629 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
19630 always they default to 8.)
19632 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
19633 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
19636 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
19637 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
19638 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
19639 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
19640 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
19641 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
19642 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
19645 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
19648 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
19649 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
19650 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
19654 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
19655 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15467 59919))
19656 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
19658 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
19659 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
19661 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
19662 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
19664 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
19665 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
19667 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
19668 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
19669 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19673 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
19674 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15593
19676 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
19678 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
19679 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget." nil nil)
19681 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
19682 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
19683 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
19685 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
19686 Create widget of TYPE.
19687 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
19689 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
19690 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
19692 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
19693 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only." nil nil)
19695 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
19696 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
19697 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
19699 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
19700 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works." nil nil)
19704 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
19705 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15576
19707 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
19709 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
19710 Select the window to the left of the current one.
19711 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19712 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19713 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
19714 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19715 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19717 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
19718 Select the window above the current one.
19719 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
19720 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
19721 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
19722 negative ARG) of the current window.
19723 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19725 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
19726 Select the window to the right of the current one.
19727 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19728 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
19729 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
19730 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
19731 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19733 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
19734 Select the window below the current one.
19735 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
19736 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
19737 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
19738 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
19739 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
19741 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
19742 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
19743 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
19744 Default MODIFIER is 'shift." t nil)
19748 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
19749 ;;;;;; (15483 45821))
19750 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
19752 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
19753 Toggle winner-mode.
19754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19755 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
19757 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
19759 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
19761 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
19762 Toggle Winner mode.
19763 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
19767 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
19768 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15584 9753))
19769 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
19771 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
19772 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
19773 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
19774 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
19775 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
19776 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
19777 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
19778 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
19780 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
19781 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
19783 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
19784 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
19786 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
19787 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
19788 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
19789 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
19790 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
19791 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
19792 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
19793 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
19797 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
19798 ;;;;;; (15394 13301))
19799 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
19801 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
19802 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
19805 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
19806 are not implemented
19807 - Options for search and replace
19808 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
19809 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
19811 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
19814 The key bindings are:
19824 C-i indent-for-tab-command
19826 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
19827 C-l ws-repeat-search
19830 C-r scroll-down-line
19837 C-y kill-complete-line
19840 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
19841 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
19842 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
19843 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
19844 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
19845 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
19846 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
19847 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
19848 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
19849 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
19850 C-k b ws-begin-block
19851 C-k c ws-copy-block
19852 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
19854 C-k h ws-show-markers
19855 C-k i ws-indent-block
19857 C-k p ws-print-block
19860 C-k s save-some-buffers
19862 C-k u ws-exdent-block
19863 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
19864 C-k v ws-move-block
19865 C-k w ws-write-block
19867 C-k y ws-delete-block
19869 C-o c wordstar-center-line
19870 C-o b switch-to-buffer
19871 C-o j justify-current-line
19874 C-o m auto-fill-mode
19875 C-o r set-fill-column
19876 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
19877 C-o wd delete-other-windows
19878 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
19879 C-o wo other-window
19880 C-o wv split-window-vertically
19882 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
19883 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
19884 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
19885 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
19886 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
19887 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
19888 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
19889 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
19890 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
19891 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
19892 C-q a ws-query-replace
19893 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
19894 C-q c end-of-buffer
19897 C-q k ws-to-block-end
19899 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
19900 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
19901 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
19902 C-q w ws-last-error
19904 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
19909 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15544
19911 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
19913 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
19914 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
19915 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
19917 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
19921 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
19922 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15397 31808))
19923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
19925 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
19926 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
19928 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
19929 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
19931 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
19932 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
19933 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
19935 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
19936 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
19940 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15634 63601))
19941 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
19943 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
19944 Zone out, completely." t nil)
19948 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
19949 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15567 16402))
19950 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
19952 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
19953 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified." t nil)
19955 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
19956 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
19958 Zone-mode does two things:
19960 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
19961 when saving the file
19963 - fontification" t nil)
19967 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("eshell/esh-groups.el" "startup.el" "replace.el"
19968 ;;;;;; "help.el" "finder-inf.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "cus-load.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
19969 ;;;;;; "select.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
19970 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
19971 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
19972 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
19973 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/page.el"
19974 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
19975 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/vt420.el"
19976 ;;;;;; "term/vt400.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt300.el" "term/vt240.el"
19977 ;;;;;; "term/vt220.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt200.el" "term/vt125.el"
19978 ;;;;;; "term/vt102.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/tvi970.el" "term/sup-mouse.el"
19979 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/pc-win.el"
19980 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/linux.el" "term/keyswap.el"
19981 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/internal.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
19982 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/AT386.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
19983 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
19984 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
19985 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
19986 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "play/meese.el" "play/gametree.el"
19987 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el"
19988 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
19989 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
19990 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
19991 ;;;;;; "obsolete/cplus-md.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mail/uce.el"
19992 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/mh-seq.el"
19993 ;;;;;; "mail/mh-pick.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
19994 ;;;;;; "mail/blessmail.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "language/tibetan.el"
19995 ;;;;;; "language/thai.el" "language/slovak.el" "language/romanian.el"
19996 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/lao.el" "language/korean.el"
19997 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/indian.el" "language/hebrew.el"
19998 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/european.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
19999 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/czech.el"
20000 ;;;;;; "language/chinese.el" "international/utf-8.el" "international/swedish.el"
20001 ;;;;;; "international/ogonek.el" "international/mule-conf.el" "international/latin-9.el"
20002 ;;;;;; "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-4.el"
20003 ;;;;;; "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-1.el"
20004 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
20005 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
20006 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "gnus/utf7.el"
20007 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
20008 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
20009 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
20010 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnoo.el"
20011 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnimap.el"
20012 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
20013 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/mml.el"
20014 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
20015 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
20016 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
20017 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
20018 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
20019 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
20020 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
20021 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
20022 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
20023 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
20024 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
20025 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
20026 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
20027 ;;;;;; "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
20028 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
20029 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
20030 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
20031 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
20032 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
20033 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
20034 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "calendar/parse-time.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
20035 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
20036 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
20037 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
20038 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "net/netrc.el"
20039 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
20040 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
20041 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el"
20042 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
20043 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
20044 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
20045 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
20046 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
20047 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
20048 ;;;;;; "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
20049 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
20050 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
20051 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
20052 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
20053 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
20054 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
20055 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
20056 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
20057 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
20058 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
20059 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
20060 ;;;;;; "xml.el" "window.el" "widget.el" "vt100-led.el" "vt-control.el"
20061 ;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vms-patch.el" "vcursor.el" "vc-hooks.el" "unused.el"
20062 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tempo.el" "soundex.el" "scroll-bar.el" "saveplace.el"
20063 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "register.el" "regi.el" "pcvs-util.el" "paths.el"
20064 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse-copy.el" "misc.el" "map-ynp.el"
20065 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "isearch.el" "generic-x.el" "frame.el" "forms-pass.el"
20066 ;;;;;; "forms-d2.el" "foldout.el" "float-sup.el" "env.el" "emacs-lock.el"
20067 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "ediff-wind.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-merg.el"
20068 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-hook.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-fns.el"
20069 ;;;;;; "cus-start.el" "cus-dep.el" "cdl.el" "case-table.el" "byte-run.el"
20070 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "abbrevlist.el" "abbrev.el" "custom.el" "indent.el"
20071 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mouse.el" "version.el" "w32-vars.el" "xscheme.el"
20072 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "term/x-win.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
20073 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
20074 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
20075 ;;;;;; "international/utf-8-subst.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el"
20076 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-units.el" "allout.el" "bindings.el"
20077 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el"
20078 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "format.el" "menu-bar.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el"
20079 ;;;;;; "simple.el" "subr.el" "uniquify.el" "w32-fns.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
20080 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
20081 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
20082 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
20083 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
20084 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "international/characters.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
20085 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "obsolete/c-mode.el"
20086 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "term/mac-win.el"
20087 ;;;;;; "term/tty-colors.el" "term/w32-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
20088 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el") (15664 47491 872725))
20092 ;;; Local Variables:
20093 ;;; version-control: never
20094 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
20095 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
20097 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here